* jv-lang.c (jv_type_objfile_data_key, dynamics_objfile)
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
24 #include <ctype.h>
25 #include "hashtab.h"
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "frame.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
30 #include "gdbtypes.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
32 #include "gdbcore.h"
33 #include "gdbcmd.h"
34 #include "value.h"
35 #include "command.h"
36 #include "inferior.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "target.h"
39 #include "language.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
41 #include "demangle.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
43 #include "annotate.h"
44 #include "symfile.h"
45 #include "objfiles.h"
46 #include "source.h"
47 #include "linespec.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "gdb.h"
50 #include "ui-out.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
53 #include "block.h"
54 #include "solib.h"
55 #include "solist.h"
56 #include "observer.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
58 #include "memattr.h"
59 #include "ada-lang.h"
60 #include "top.h"
61 #include "wrapper.h"
62 #include "valprint.h"
63 #include "jit.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
68
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
72
73 /* readline defines this. */
74 #undef savestring
75
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
78
79 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
80 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
81 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
82
83 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
84
85 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
94 void *),
95 void *);
96
97 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
98
99 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
100
101 static void clear_command (char *, int);
102
103 static void catch_command (char *, int);
104
105 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
106
107 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108
109 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
110
111 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
112 static. */
113 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
114 struct symtab_and_line,
115 enum bptype);
116
117 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
118
119 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
120 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
121 enum bptype bptype);
122
123 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
124 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
125 struct obj_section *, int);
126
127 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
128 CORE_ADDR addr1,
129 struct address_space *aspace2,
130 CORE_ADDR addr2);
131
132 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
133 struct bp_location *loc2);
134
135 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
136 struct address_space *aspace,
137 CORE_ADDR addr);
138
139 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
140
141 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
142
143 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
144 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
145
146 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
147
148 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
149
150 static void commands_command (char *, int);
151
152 static void condition_command (char *, int);
153
154 typedef enum
155 {
156 mark_inserted,
157 mark_uninserted
158 }
159 insertion_state_t;
160
161 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
162 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
163
164 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
165
166 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
167
168 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
169
170 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
171
172 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
173
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
175
176 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
177
178 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
179
180 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
181
182 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
183
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
185
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
187
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
189
190 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
191 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
192
193 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
194
195 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
196
197 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
198 CORE_ADDR pc);
199
200 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
201 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
202 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
203
204 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
205
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
207
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
209
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
211
212 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
213
214 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
215
216 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
217
218 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
219
220 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
225
226 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
227
228 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
229
230 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
231 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
232 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
233 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
234
235 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
236 breakpoints share a single command list. */
237 struct counted_command_line
238 {
239 /* The reference count. */
240 int refc;
241
242 /* The command list. */
243 struct command_line *commands;
244 };
245
246 struct command_line *
247 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
248 {
249 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
250 }
251
252 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
253 current breakpoint. */
254
255 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
256
257 const char *
258 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
259 {
260 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
261 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
262 a breakpoint. */
263 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
264
265 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
266 }
267
268 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
269 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
270 if such is available. */
271 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
272
273 static void
274 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
275 struct cmd_list_element *c,
276 const char *value)
277 {
278 fprintf_filtered (file,
279 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
280 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
281 value);
282 }
283
284 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
285 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
286 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
287 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
288 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
289 static void
290 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
291 struct cmd_list_element *c,
292 const char *value)
293 {
294 fprintf_filtered (file,
295 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
296 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
297 value);
298 }
299
300 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
301 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
302 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
303 use hardware breakpoints. */
304 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
305 static void
306 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
307 struct cmd_list_element *c,
308 const char *value)
309 {
310 fprintf_filtered (file,
311 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
312 value);
313 }
314
315 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
316 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
317 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
318 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
319 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
320
321 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
322 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
323 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
324 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
325 always_inserted_auto,
326 always_inserted_off,
327 always_inserted_on,
328 NULL
329 };
330 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
331 static void
332 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
333 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
334 {
335 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
336 fprintf_filtered (file,
337 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
338 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
339 value,
340 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
341 else
342 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
343 value);
344 }
345
346 int
347 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
348 {
349 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
350 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
351 }
352
353 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
354
355 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
356 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
357
358 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
359 static int overlay_events_enabled;
360
361 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
362 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
363
364 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
366 current breakpoint. */
367
368 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
369
370 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
371 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
372 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
373 B = TMP)
374
375 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
376 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
377 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
378
379 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
380 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
381 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
382 BP_TMP++)
383
384 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
385
386 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
387 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
388 if (is_tracepoint (B))
389
390 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
391
392 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
393
394 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
395
396 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
397
398 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
399
400 static unsigned bp_location_count;
401
402 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
403 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
404 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
405 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
406 an address you need to read. */
407
408 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
409
410 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
411 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
412 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
413 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
414 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
415
416 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
417
418 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
419 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
420 by a target. */
421 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
422
423 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
424
425 static int breakpoint_count;
426
427 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
428 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
429 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
430 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
431 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
432
433 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
434
435 static int tracepoint_count;
436
437 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
438 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
439 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
440
441 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
442 static int
443 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
444 {
445 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
446 }
447
448 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
449
450 static void
451 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
452 {
453 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
454 breakpoint_count = num;
455 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
456 }
457
458 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
459 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
460 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
461
462 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
463 breakpoint made. */
464
465 void
466 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
467 {
468 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
469 }
470
471 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
472 breakpoint made. */
473
474 void
475 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
476 {
477 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
478 }
479
480 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
481
482 void
483 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
484 {
485 struct breakpoint *b;
486
487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
488 b->hit_count = 0;
489 }
490
491 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
492 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
493
494 static struct counted_command_line *
495 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
496 {
497 struct counted_command_line *result
498 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
499
500 result->refc = 1;
501 result->commands = commands;
502 return result;
503 }
504
505 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
506
507 static void
508 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
509 {
510 if (cmd)
511 ++cmd->refc;
512 }
513
514 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
515 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
516 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
517
518 static void
519 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
520 {
521 if (*cmdp)
522 {
523 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
524 {
525 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
526 xfree (*cmdp);
527 }
528 *cmdp = NULL;
529 }
530 }
531
532 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
533
534 static void
535 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
536 {
537 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
538 }
539
540 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
541 argument. */
542
543 static struct cleanup *
544 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
545 {
546 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
547 }
548
549 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
550 for "break" command with no arg.
551 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
552 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
553
554 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
555
556 int default_breakpoint_valid;
557 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
558 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
559 int default_breakpoint_line;
560 struct program_space *default_breakpoint_pspace;
561
562 \f
563 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
564 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
565
566 struct breakpoint *
567 get_breakpoint (int num)
568 {
569 struct breakpoint *b;
570
571 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
572 if (b->number == num)
573 return b;
574
575 return NULL;
576 }
577
578 \f
579
580 void
581 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
582 int from_tty)
583 {
584 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
585
586 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
587 {
588 xfree (loc->cond);
589 loc->cond = NULL;
590 }
591 xfree (b->cond_string);
592 b->cond_string = NULL;
593 xfree (b->cond_exp);
594 b->cond_exp = NULL;
595
596 if (*exp == 0)
597 {
598 if (from_tty)
599 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
600 }
601 else
602 {
603 char *arg = exp;
604
605 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
606 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
607 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
608 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
609
610 if (is_watchpoint (b))
611 {
612 innermost_block = NULL;
613 arg = exp;
614 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
615 if (*arg)
616 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
617 b->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
618 }
619 else
620 {
621 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
622 {
623 arg = exp;
624 loc->cond =
625 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
626 if (*arg)
627 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
628 }
629 }
630 }
631 breakpoints_changed ();
632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
633 }
634
635 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
636
637 static void
638 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
639 {
640 struct breakpoint *b;
641 char *p;
642 int bnum;
643
644 if (arg == 0)
645 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
646
647 p = arg;
648 bnum = get_number (&p);
649 if (bnum == 0)
650 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
651
652 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
653 if (b->number == bnum)
654 {
655 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
656 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
657 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
658 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
659 if (b->py_bp_object
660 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
661 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
662 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
663 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
664 return;
665 }
666
667 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
668 }
669
670 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
671 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
672 Throw if any such commands is found. */
673
674 static void
675 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
676 {
677 struct command_line *c;
678
679 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
680 {
681 int i;
682
683 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
684 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
685 "only be used for tracepoints"));
686
687 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
688 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
689
690 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
691 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
692 command directly. */
693 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
694 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
695
696 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
697 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
698 }
699 }
700
701 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
702
703 int
704 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
705 {
706 return (b->type == bp_tracepoint
707 || b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
708 || b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
709 }
710
711 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
712 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
713 found. */
714
715 static void
716 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
717 struct command_line *commands)
718 {
719 if (is_tracepoint (b))
720 {
721 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
722 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
723 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
724 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
725 struct command_line *c;
726 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
727 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
728 {
729 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
730 {
731 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
732 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
733 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
734 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
735 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
736 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
737
738 if (while_stepping)
739 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
740 "can be used only once"));
741 else
742 while_stepping = c;
743 }
744 }
745 if (while_stepping)
746 {
747 struct command_line *c2;
748
749 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
750 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
751 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
752 {
753 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
754 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
755 }
756 }
757 }
758 else
759 {
760 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
761 }
762 }
763
764 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
765 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
766
767 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
768 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
769 {
770 struct breakpoint *b;
771 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
772 struct bp_location *loc;
773
774 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
775 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
776 {
777 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
778 if (loc->address == addr)
779 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
780 }
781
782 return found;
783 }
784
785 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
786 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
787
788 void
789 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
790 struct command_line *commands)
791 {
792 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
793
794 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
795 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
796 breakpoints_changed ();
797 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
798 }
799
800 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
801 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
802 commands. */
803
804 void
805 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
806 {
807 int old_silent = b->silent;
808
809 b->silent = silent;
810 if (old_silent != silent)
811 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
812 }
813
814 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
815 breakpoint work for any thread. */
816
817 void
818 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
819 {
820 int old_thread = b->thread;
821
822 b->thread = thread;
823 if (old_thread != thread)
824 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
825 }
826
827 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
828 breakpoint work for any task. */
829
830 void
831 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
832 {
833 int old_task = b->task;
834
835 b->task = task;
836 if (old_task != task)
837 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
838 }
839
840 void
841 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
842 {
843 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
844
845 validate_actionline (&line, b);
846 }
847
848 /* A structure used to pass information through
849 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
850
851 struct commands_info
852 {
853 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
854 int from_tty;
855
856 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
857 char *arg;
858
859 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
860 already-parsed command. */
861 struct command_line *control;
862
863 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
864 yet been read. */
865 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
866 };
867
868 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
869 commands_command. */
870
871 static void
872 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
873 {
874 struct commands_info *info = data;
875
876 if (info->cmd == NULL)
877 {
878 struct command_line *l;
879
880 if (info->control != NULL)
881 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
882 else
883 {
884 struct cleanup *old_chain;
885 char *str;
886
887 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
888 "%s, one per line."),
889 info->arg);
890
891 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
892
893 l = read_command_lines (str,
894 info->from_tty, 1,
895 (is_tracepoint (b)
896 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
897 b);
898
899 do_cleanups (old_chain);
900 }
901
902 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
903 }
904
905 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
906 do anything. */
907 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
908 {
909 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
910 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
911 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
912 b->commands = info->cmd;
913 breakpoints_changed ();
914 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
915 }
916 }
917
918 static void
919 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
920 struct command_line *control)
921 {
922 struct cleanup *cleanups;
923 struct commands_info info;
924
925 info.from_tty = from_tty;
926 info.control = control;
927 info.cmd = NULL;
928 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
929 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
930 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
931
932 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
933 {
934 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
935 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
936 breakpoint_count);
937 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
938 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
939 else
940 {
941 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
942 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
943 numbers will fail in this case. */
944 arg = NULL;
945 }
946 }
947 else
948 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
949 our argument. */
950 arg = xstrdup (arg);
951
952 if (arg != NULL)
953 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
954
955 info.arg = arg;
956
957 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
958
959 if (info.cmd == NULL)
960 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
961
962 do_cleanups (cleanups);
963 }
964
965 static void
966 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
967 {
968 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
969 }
970
971 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
972 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
973
974 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
975 that are part of if and while bodies. */
976 enum command_control_type
977 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
978 {
979 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
980 return simple_control;
981 }
982
983 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
984
985 static int
986 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
987 {
988 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
989 return 0;
990 if (!bl->inserted)
991 return 0;
992 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
993 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
994 return 0;
995 return 1;
996 }
997
998 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
999 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1000
1001 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1002 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1003 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1004 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1005 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1006 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1007 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1008 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1009 and:
1010 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1011
1012 void
1013 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1014 {
1015 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1016 search. */
1017 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1018
1019 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1020 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1021 report higher one. */
1022
1023 bc_l = 0;
1024 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1025 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1026 {
1027 struct bp_location *bl;
1028
1029 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1030 bl = bp_location[bc];
1031
1032 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1033 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1034 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1035 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1036
1037 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1038 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1039 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1040
1041 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1042 >= bl->address)
1043 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1044 <= memaddr))
1045 bc_l = bc;
1046 else
1047 bc_r = bc;
1048 }
1049
1050 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1051 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1052 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1053 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1054 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1055 B:
1056
1057 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1058
1059 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1060 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1061 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1062 and L2. */
1063 while (bc_l > 0
1064 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1065 bc_l--;
1066
1067 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1068
1069 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1070 {
1071 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1072 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1073 int bp_size = 0;
1074 int bptoffset = 0;
1075
1076 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1077 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1078 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1079 bl->owner->number);
1080
1081 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1082 content. */
1083
1084 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1085 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1086 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1087 break;
1088
1089 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1090 continue;
1091 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1092 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1093 continue;
1094
1095 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1096 we need to copy. */
1097 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1098 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1099
1100 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1101 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1102 are reading. */
1103 continue;
1104
1105 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1106 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1107 reading. */
1108 continue;
1109
1110 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1111 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1112 {
1113 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1114 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1115 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1116 bp_addr = memaddr;
1117 }
1118
1119 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1120 {
1121 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1122 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1123 }
1124
1125 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1126 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1127 }
1128 }
1129 \f
1130
1131 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1132
1133 static int
1134 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1135 {
1136 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1137 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1138 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1139 }
1140
1141 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1142 software. */
1143
1144 static int
1145 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1146 {
1147 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1148 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1149 }
1150
1151 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1152 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1153 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1154 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1155 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1156 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1157 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1158 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1159 running. */
1160
1161 static int
1162 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint *b)
1163 {
1164 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1165 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1166 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1170 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1171
1172 static void
1173 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct breakpoint *b)
1174 {
1175 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
1176
1177 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1178 {
1179 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1180 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1181 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1182 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1183 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1184 }
1185 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1186 }
1187
1188 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1189 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1190 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1191 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1192 in b->loc->cond.
1193 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1194
1195 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1196 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1197 it.
1198
1199 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1200 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1201 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1202 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1203 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1204 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1205 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1206 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1207
1208 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1209 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1210 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1211 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1212 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1213 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1214 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1215 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1216 not changed.
1217
1218 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1219 hardware watchpoints:
1220
1221 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1222 called several times when GDB stops.
1223
1224 [linux]
1225 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1226 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1227 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1228 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1229 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1230 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1231 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1232 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1233 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1234 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1235 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1236
1237 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1238 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1239
1240 static void
1241 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
1242 {
1243 int within_current_scope;
1244 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1245 int frame_saved;
1246
1247 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
1248
1249 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1250 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1251 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1252 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1253 return;
1254
1255 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1256 return;
1257
1258 frame_saved = 0;
1259
1260 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1261 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1262 within_current_scope = 1;
1263 else
1264 {
1265 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1266 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1267 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1268
1269 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1270 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1271 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1272 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1273 return;
1274
1275 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1276 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1277 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1278 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1279 selected frame. */
1280 frame_saved = 1;
1281 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1282
1283 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1284 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1285 if (within_current_scope)
1286 select_frame (fi);
1287 }
1288
1289 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1290 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1291 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1292 b->loc = NULL;
1293
1294 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1295 {
1296 char *s;
1297
1298 if (b->exp)
1299 {
1300 xfree (b->exp);
1301 b->exp = NULL;
1302 }
1303 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1304 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1305 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1306 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1307 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1308 be completely different objects. */
1309 value_free (b->val);
1310 b->val = NULL;
1311 b->val_valid = 0;
1312
1313 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1314 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1315 locations (re)created below. */
1316 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1317 {
1318 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1319 {
1320 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1321 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1322 }
1323
1324 s = b->cond_string;
1325 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1326 }
1327 }
1328
1329 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1330 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1331 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1332 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1333 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1334 if ( !target_has_execution)
1335 {
1336 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1337 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1338 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1339 }
1340 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1341 {
1342 int pc = 0;
1343 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1344 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1345
1346 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1347
1348 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1349 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1350 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1351 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1352 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1353 watchpoints. */
1354 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1355 {
1356 b->val = v;
1357 b->val_valid = 1;
1358 }
1359
1360 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1361
1362 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1363 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1364 {
1365 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1366 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1367 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1368 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1369 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1370 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1371 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1372 {
1373 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1374
1375 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1376 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1377 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1378 if (v == result
1379 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1380 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1381 {
1382 CORE_ADDR addr;
1383 int len, type;
1384 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1385
1386 addr = value_address (v);
1387 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1388 type = hw_write;
1389 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1390 type = hw_read;
1391 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1392 type = hw_access;
1393
1394 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1395 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1396 ;
1397 *tmp = loc;
1398 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1399
1400 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1401 loc->address = addr;
1402 loc->length = len;
1403 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1404 }
1405 }
1406 }
1407
1408 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1409 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1410 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1411 is started. */
1412 if (reparse)
1413 {
1414 int reg_cnt;
1415 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1416 struct bp_location *bl;
1417
1418 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1419
1420 if (reg_cnt)
1421 {
1422 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1423
1424 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1425 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1426 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1427
1428 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1429 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1430 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1431 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1432 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1433 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1434 watchpoint. */
1435 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
1436 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1437
1438 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (b->type, &other_type_used);
1439 target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1440 (b->type, i, other_type_used);
1441 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1442 {
1443 /* If there's no works_in_software_mode method, we
1444 assume that the watchpoint works in software mode. */
1445 int sw_mode = (!b->ops || !b->ops->works_in_software_mode
1446 || b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b));
1447
1448 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1449 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1450 "hardware watchpoint."));
1451 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1452 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1453 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1454 else
1455 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1456 }
1457 }
1458 else if (b->ops && b->ops->works_in_software_mode
1459 && !b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1460 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1461 "read/access watchpoint."));
1462 else
1463 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1464
1465 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1466 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1467 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1468 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1469 }
1470
1471 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1472 {
1473 next = value_next (v);
1474 if (v != b->val)
1475 value_free (v);
1476 }
1477
1478 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1479 above left it without any location set up. But,
1480 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1481 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1482 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1483 {
1484 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1485 b->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1486 b->loc->address = -1;
1487 b->loc->length = -1;
1488 b->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1489 }
1490 }
1491 else if (!within_current_scope)
1492 {
1493 printf_filtered (_("\
1494 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1495 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1496 b->number);
1497 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1498 }
1499
1500 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1501 if (frame_saved)
1502 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1503 }
1504
1505
1506 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1507 inserted in the inferior. */
1508 static int
1509 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1510 {
1511 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1512 return 0;
1513
1514 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1515 return 0;
1516
1517 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1518 return 0;
1519
1520 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1521 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1522 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1523 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1524 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1525 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1526 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1527 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1528 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1529 return 0;
1530
1531 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1532 not by us. */
1533 if (is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
1534 return 0;
1535
1536 return 1;
1537 }
1538
1539 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1540 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1541 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1542
1543 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1544 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1545 static int
1546 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1547 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1548 int *disabled_breaks,
1549 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1550 {
1551 int val = 0;
1552
1553 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1554 return 0;
1555
1556 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1557 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1558 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1559 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1560 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1561
1562 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1563 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1564 {
1565 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1566 {
1567 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1568 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1569 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1570
1571 Two important cases are:
1572 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1573 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1574 hardware breakpoint.
1575 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1576 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1577 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1578 so we undo.
1579
1580 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1581 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1582 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1583 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1584 gdb. */
1585 struct mem_region *mr
1586 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1587
1588 if (mr)
1589 {
1590 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1591 {
1592 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1593
1594 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1595 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1596 else
1597 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1598
1599 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1600 {
1601 static int said = 0;
1602
1603 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1604 if (!said)
1605 {
1606 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1607 _("Note: automatically using "
1608 "hardware breakpoints for "
1609 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1610 said = 1;
1611 }
1612 }
1613 }
1614 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1615 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1616 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1617 "at readonly address %s"),
1618 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1619 }
1620 }
1621
1622 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1623 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1624 || bl->section == NULL
1625 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1626 {
1627 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1628
1629 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1630 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1631 &bl->target_info);
1632 else
1633 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1634 &bl->target_info);
1635 }
1636 else
1637 {
1638 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1639 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1640 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1641 {
1642 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1643 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1644 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1645 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1646 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1647 bl->owner->number);
1648 else
1649 {
1650 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1651 bl->section);
1652 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1653 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1654 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1655 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1656 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1657 if (val != 0)
1658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1659 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1660 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1661 bl->owner->number);
1662 }
1663 }
1664 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1665 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1666 {
1667 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1668 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1669 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1670 &bl->target_info);
1671 else
1672 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1673 &bl->target_info);
1674 }
1675 else
1676 {
1677 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1678 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1679 return 0;
1680 }
1681 }
1682
1683 if (val)
1684 {
1685 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1686 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1687 {
1688 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1689 val = 0;
1690 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1692 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1693 {
1694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1695 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1696 bl->owner->number);
1697 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1698 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1699 "library breakpoints:\n");
1700 }
1701 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1702 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1703 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1704 }
1705 else
1706 {
1707 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1708 {
1709 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1710 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1711 "Cannot insert hardware "
1712 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1713 bl->owner->number);
1714 }
1715 else
1716 {
1717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1719 bl->owner->number);
1720 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1721 "Error accessing memory address ");
1722 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1723 tmp_error_stream);
1724 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1725 safe_strerror (val));
1726 }
1727
1728 }
1729 }
1730 else
1731 bl->inserted = 1;
1732
1733 return val;
1734 }
1735
1736 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1737 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1738 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1739 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1740 {
1741 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1742 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1743
1744 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1745
1746 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1747 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1748 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1749 {
1750 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1751
1752 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1753 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1754 of this one. */
1755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1756 if (loc != bl
1757 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1758 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1759 {
1760 bl->duplicate = 1;
1761 bl->inserted = 1;
1762 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1763 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1764 val = 0;
1765 break;
1766 }
1767
1768 if (val == 1)
1769 {
1770 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1771 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1772
1773 if (val)
1774 /* Back to the original value. */
1775 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1776 }
1777 }
1778
1779 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1780 }
1781
1782 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1783 {
1784 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1785 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1786
1787 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1788 if (val)
1789 {
1790 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1791
1792 if (val == 1)
1793 warning (_("\
1794 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1795 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1796 else
1797 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1798 }
1799
1800 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1801
1802 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1803 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1804 so just return success. */
1805 return 0;
1806 }
1807
1808 return 0;
1809 }
1810
1811 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1812 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1813 PSPACE anymore. */
1814
1815 void
1816 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1817 {
1818 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1819 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1820
1821 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1823 {
1824 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1825 delete_breakpoint (b);
1826 }
1827
1828 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1829 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1830 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1831 {
1832 struct bp_location *tmp;
1833
1834 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1835 {
1836 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1837 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1838 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1839 else
1840 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1841 if (tmp->next == loc)
1842 {
1843 tmp->next = loc->next;
1844 break;
1845 }
1846 }
1847 }
1848
1849 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1850 removed locations above. */
1851 update_global_location_list (0);
1852 }
1853
1854 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1855 Throws exception on any error.
1856 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1857 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1858 void
1859 insert_breakpoints (void)
1860 {
1861 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1862
1863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1864 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1865 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1866
1867 update_global_location_list (1);
1868
1869 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1870 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1871 now. */
1872 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1873 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1874 }
1875
1876 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1877 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1878 Both return zero if successful,
1879 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1880
1881 static void
1882 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1883 {
1884 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1885 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1886 int error = 0;
1887 int val = 0;
1888 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1889 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1890
1891 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1892 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1893
1894 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1895 there was an error. */
1896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1897
1898 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1899
1900 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1901 {
1902 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1903 continue;
1904
1905 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1906 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1907 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1908 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
1909 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
1910 continue;
1911
1912 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
1913
1914 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1915 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1916 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1917 insert breakpoints. */
1918 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
1919 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
1920 continue;
1921
1922 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
1923 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1924 if (val)
1925 error = val;
1926 }
1927
1928 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1929 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1931 {
1932 int some_failed = 0;
1933 struct bp_location *loc;
1934
1935 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1936 continue;
1937
1938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1939 continue;
1940
1941 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1942 continue;
1943
1944 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1945 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
1946 {
1947 some_failed = 1;
1948 break;
1949 }
1950 if (some_failed)
1951 {
1952 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1953 if (loc->inserted)
1954 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1955
1956 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1957 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1958 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1959 bpt->number);
1960 error = -1;
1961 }
1962 }
1963
1964 if (error)
1965 {
1966 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1967 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1968 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1969 {
1970 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1971 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1972 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1973 }
1974 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1975 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1976 }
1977
1978 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1979 }
1980
1981 int
1982 remove_breakpoints (void)
1983 {
1984 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1985 int val = 0;
1986
1987 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1988 {
1989 if (bl->inserted)
1990 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
1991 }
1992 return val;
1993 }
1994
1995 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1996
1997 int
1998 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
1999 {
2000 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2001 int val;
2002 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2003
2004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2005 {
2006 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2007 continue;
2008
2009 if (bl->inserted)
2010 {
2011 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2012 if (val != 0)
2013 return val;
2014 }
2015 }
2016 return 0;
2017 }
2018
2019 int
2020 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2021 {
2022 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2023 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2024 int val;
2025 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2026 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2027 struct inferior *inf;
2028 struct thread_info *tp;
2029
2030 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2031 if (tp == NULL)
2032 return 1;
2033
2034 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2035 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2036
2037 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2038
2039 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2040 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2041
2042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2043 {
2044 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2045 continue;
2046
2047 if (bl->inserted)
2048 {
2049 bl->inserted = 0;
2050 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2051 if (val != 0)
2052 {
2053 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2054 return val;
2055 }
2056 }
2057 }
2058 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2059 return 0;
2060 }
2061
2062 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2063
2064 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2065 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2066 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2067 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2068 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2069 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2070 static void
2071 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2072 {
2073 if (internal)
2074 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2075 else
2076 {
2077 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2078 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2079 }
2080 }
2081
2082 static struct breakpoint *
2083 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2084 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
2085 {
2086 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2087 struct breakpoint *b;
2088
2089 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2090
2091 sal.pc = address;
2092 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2093 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2094
2095 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
2096 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2097 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2098
2099 return b;
2100 }
2101
2102 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2103 {
2104 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2105 };
2106 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2107
2108 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2109 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2110 {
2111 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2112 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2113
2114 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2115 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2116
2117 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2118 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2119
2120 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2121 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2122 };
2123
2124 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2125
2126 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2127 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2128
2129 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2130
2131 static int
2132 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2133 {
2134 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2135 }
2136
2137 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2138 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2139
2140 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2141 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2142 {
2143 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2144
2145 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2146 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2147 {
2148 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2149 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2150
2151 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2152 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2153 }
2154 return bp_objfile_data;
2155 }
2156
2157 static void
2158 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2159 {
2160 struct objfile *objfile;
2161 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2162
2163 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2164 {
2165 struct breakpoint *b;
2166 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2167 CORE_ADDR addr;
2168
2169 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2170
2171 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2172 continue;
2173
2174 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2175 {
2176 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2177
2178 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2179 if (m == NULL)
2180 {
2181 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2182 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2183 continue;
2184 }
2185 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2186 }
2187
2188 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2189 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2190 bp_overlay_event);
2191 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2192
2193 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2194 {
2195 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2196 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2197 }
2198 else
2199 {
2200 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2201 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2202 }
2203 }
2204 update_global_location_list (1);
2205 }
2206
2207 static void
2208 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2209 {
2210 struct program_space *pspace;
2211 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2212
2213 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2214
2215 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2216 {
2217 struct objfile *objfile;
2218
2219 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2220
2221 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2222 {
2223 int i;
2224 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2225 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2226
2227 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2228 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2229 continue;
2230
2231 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2232
2233 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2234 {
2235 struct breakpoint *b;
2236 const char *func_name;
2237 CORE_ADDR addr;
2238
2239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2240 continue;
2241
2242 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2243 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2244 {
2245 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2246
2247 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2248 if (m == NULL)
2249 {
2250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2252 continue;
2253 }
2254 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2255 }
2256
2257 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2258 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master);
2259 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2260 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2261 }
2262 }
2263 }
2264 update_global_location_list (1);
2265
2266 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2267 }
2268
2269 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2270 static void
2271 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2272 {
2273 struct program_space *pspace;
2274 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2275 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2276
2277 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2278
2279 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2280 {
2281 struct objfile *objfile;
2282 CORE_ADDR addr;
2283
2284 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2285
2286 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2287 {
2288 struct breakpoint *b;
2289 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2290
2291 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2292
2293 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2294 continue;
2295
2296 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2297 {
2298 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2299
2300 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2301 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2302 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2303 {
2304 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2305 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2306 continue;
2307 }
2308 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2309 }
2310
2311 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2312 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2313 bp_std_terminate_master);
2314 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2315 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2316 }
2317 }
2318
2319 update_global_location_list (1);
2320
2321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2322 }
2323
2324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2325
2326 void
2327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2328 {
2329 struct objfile *objfile;
2330 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2331
2332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2333 {
2334 struct breakpoint *b;
2335 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2337 CORE_ADDR addr;
2338
2339 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2340
2341 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2342 continue;
2343
2344 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2345
2346 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2347 {
2348 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2349
2350 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2351 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2352 {
2353 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2354 continue;
2355 }
2356
2357 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2358 }
2359
2360 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2361 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2362 &current_target);
2363 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master);
2364 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2365 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2366 }
2367
2368 update_global_location_list (1);
2369 }
2370
2371 void
2372 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2373 {
2374 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2375 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2376
2377 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2378 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2379 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2380 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2381 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2382 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2383 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2384 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2385 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2386 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2387 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2388
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2390 {
2391 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2392 continue;
2393
2394 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2395 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2396 {
2397 delete_breakpoint (b);
2398 continue;
2399 }
2400
2401 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2402 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2403 {
2404 delete_breakpoint (b);
2405 continue;
2406 }
2407
2408 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2409 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2410 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2411 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2412 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2413 {
2414 delete_breakpoint (b);
2415 continue;
2416 }
2417
2418 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2419 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2420 {
2421 delete_breakpoint (b);
2422 continue;
2423 }
2424
2425 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2426 after an exec. */
2427 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2428 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2429 {
2430 delete_breakpoint (b);
2431 continue;
2432 }
2433
2434 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2435 {
2436 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2437 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2438 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2439 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2440 continue;
2441 }
2442
2443 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2444 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2445 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2446 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2447 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2448 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2449
2450 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2451 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2452 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2453 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2454 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2455 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2456 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2457
2458 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2459 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2460 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2461 let finish_command delete it.
2462
2463 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2464 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2465 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2466 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2467 solib breakpoints.) */
2468
2469 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2470 {
2471 continue;
2472 }
2473
2474 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2475 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2476 a.out. */
2477 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2478 {
2479 delete_breakpoint (b);
2480 continue;
2481 }
2482 }
2483 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2484 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2485 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2486 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2487 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2488 }
2489
2490 int
2491 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2492 {
2493 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2494 int val = 0;
2495 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2496 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2497
2498 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2499 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2500
2501 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2502 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2504 {
2505 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2506 continue;
2507
2508 if (bl->inserted)
2509 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2510 }
2511
2512 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2513 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2514
2515 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2516 return val;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2520 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2521 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2522 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2523 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2524
2525 static int
2526 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2527 {
2528 int val;
2529
2530 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2531 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2532
2533 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2534 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2535 return 0;
2536
2537 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2538 This should not ever happen. */
2539 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2540
2541 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2542 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2543 {
2544 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2545 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2546 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2547
2548 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2549 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2550 || bl->section == NULL
2551 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2552 {
2553 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2554
2555 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2556 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2557 else
2558 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2559 }
2560 else
2561 {
2562 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2563 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2564 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2565 {
2566 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2567 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2568 */
2569 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2570 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2571 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2572 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2573 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2574 else
2575 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2576 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2577 }
2578 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2579 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2580 if (bl->inserted)
2581 {
2582 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2583 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2584 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2585 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2586 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2587 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2588 &bl->target_info);
2589
2590 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2591 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2592 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2593 else if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2594 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2595 &bl->target_info);
2596 else
2597 val = 0;
2598 }
2599 else
2600 {
2601 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2602 val = 0;
2603 }
2604 }
2605
2606 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2607 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2608 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2609 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2610 val = 0;
2611
2612 if (val)
2613 return val;
2614 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2615 }
2616 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2617 {
2618 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2619 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2620
2621 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2622 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2623
2624 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2625 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2626 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2627 bl->owner->number);
2628 }
2629 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2630 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2631 && !bl->duplicate)
2632 {
2633 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2634 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2635
2636 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2637 if (val)
2638 return val;
2639
2640 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2641 }
2642
2643 return 0;
2644 }
2645
2646 static int
2647 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2648 {
2649 int ret;
2650 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2651
2652 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2653 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2654
2655 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2656 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2657 return 0;
2658
2659 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2660 This should not ever happen. */
2661 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2662
2663 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2664
2665 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2666
2667 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2668
2669 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2670 return ret;
2671 }
2672
2673 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2674
2675 void
2676 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2677 {
2678 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2679
2680 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2681 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2682 bl->inserted = 0;
2683 }
2684
2685 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2686 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2687
2688 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2689 between runs.
2690
2691 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2692 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2693 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2694
2695
2696
2697 void
2698 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2699 {
2700 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2701 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2702 int ix;
2703 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2704
2705 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2706 nothing to do. */
2707 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2708 return;
2709
2710 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2711 {
2712 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2713 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2714 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2715 bl->inserted = 0;
2716 }
2717
2718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2719 {
2720 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2721 continue;
2722
2723 switch (b->type)
2724 {
2725 case bp_call_dummy:
2726
2727 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2728 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2729 rid of it. */
2730
2731 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2732
2733 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2734
2735 case bp_shlib_event:
2736
2737 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2738 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2739 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2740 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2741 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2742
2743 (gdb) file prog-linux
2744 (gdb) run # native linux target
2745 ...
2746 (gdb) kill
2747 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2748 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2749 */
2750
2751 delete_breakpoint (b);
2752 break;
2753
2754 case bp_watchpoint:
2755 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2756 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2757 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2758
2759 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2760 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2761 delete_breakpoint (b);
2762 else if (context == inf_starting)
2763 {
2764 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2765 insert_breakpoints. */
2766 if (b->val)
2767 value_free (b->val);
2768 b->val = NULL;
2769 b->val_valid = 0;
2770 }
2771 break;
2772 default:
2773 break;
2774 }
2775 }
2776
2777 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2778 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2779 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2780 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2781 }
2782
2783 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2784 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2785 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2786 match, not program space. */
2787
2788 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2789 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2790 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2791 permanent breakpoint.
2792 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2793 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2794 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2795 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2796 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2797
2798 enum breakpoint_here
2799 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2800 {
2801 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2802 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2803
2804 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2805 {
2806 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2807 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2808 continue;
2809
2810 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2811 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2812 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2813 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2814 {
2815 if (overlay_debugging
2816 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2817 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2818 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2819 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2820 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2821 else
2822 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2823 }
2824 }
2825
2826 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2827 }
2828
2829 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2830
2831 int
2832 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2833 {
2834 struct bp_location *loc;
2835 int ix;
2836
2837 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2838 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2839 return 1;
2840
2841 return 0;
2842 }
2843
2844 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2845 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2846 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2847 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2848
2849 int
2850 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2851 CORE_ADDR pc)
2852 {
2853 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2854
2855 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2856 {
2857 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2858 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2859 continue;
2860
2861 if (bl->inserted
2862 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2863 {
2864 if (overlay_debugging
2865 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2866 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2867 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2868 else
2869 return 1;
2870 }
2871 }
2872 return 0;
2873 }
2874
2875 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2876 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2877
2878 int
2879 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2880 {
2881 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2882 return 1;
2883
2884 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2885 return 1;
2886
2887 return 0;
2888 }
2889
2890 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2891 inserted at PC. */
2892
2893 int
2894 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2895 CORE_ADDR pc)
2896 {
2897 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2898
2899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2900 {
2901 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2902 continue;
2903
2904 if (bl->inserted
2905 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2906 aspace, pc))
2907 {
2908 if (overlay_debugging
2909 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2910 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2912 else
2913 return 1;
2914 }
2915 }
2916
2917 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2918 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2919 return 1;
2920
2921 return 0;
2922 }
2923
2924 int
2925 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
2926 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
2927 {
2928 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2929
2930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2931 {
2932 struct bp_location *loc;
2933
2934 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2935 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
2936 continue;
2937
2938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2939 continue;
2940
2941 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2942 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
2943 {
2944 CORE_ADDR l, h;
2945
2946 /* Check for intersection. */
2947 l = max (loc->address, addr);
2948 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
2949 if (l < h)
2950 return 1;
2951 }
2952 }
2953 return 0;
2954 }
2955
2956 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2957 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2958
2959 int
2960 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
2961 ptid_t ptid)
2962 {
2963 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2964 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2965 int thread = -1;
2966 int task = 0;
2967
2968 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2969 {
2970 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2971 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2972 continue;
2973
2974 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2976 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2977 continue;
2978
2979 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2980 continue;
2981
2982 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
2983 {
2984 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2985 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2986 it is now time to do so. */
2987 if (thread == -1)
2988 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2989 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
2990 continue;
2991 }
2992
2993 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
2994 {
2995 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2996 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2997 it is now time to do so. */
2998 if (task == 0)
2999 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3000 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3001 continue;
3002 }
3003
3004 if (overlay_debugging
3005 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3006 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3007 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3008
3009 return 1;
3010 }
3011
3012 return 0;
3013 }
3014 \f
3015
3016 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3017 in breakpoint.h. */
3018
3019 int
3020 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3021 {
3022 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3023 }
3024
3025 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3026 'next' chain. */
3027
3028 static void
3029 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3030 {
3031 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3032 value_free (bs->old_val);
3033 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3034 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3035 xfree (bs);
3036 }
3037
3038 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3039 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3040
3041 void
3042 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3043 {
3044 bpstat p;
3045 bpstat q;
3046
3047 if (bsp == 0)
3048 return;
3049 p = *bsp;
3050 while (p != NULL)
3051 {
3052 q = p->next;
3053 bpstat_free (p);
3054 p = q;
3055 }
3056 *bsp = NULL;
3057 }
3058
3059 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3060 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3061
3062 bpstat
3063 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3064 {
3065 bpstat p = NULL;
3066 bpstat tmp;
3067 bpstat retval = NULL;
3068
3069 if (bs == NULL)
3070 return bs;
3071
3072 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3073 {
3074 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3075 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3076 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3077 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3078 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3079 {
3080 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3081 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3082 }
3083
3084 if (p == NULL)
3085 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3086 retval = tmp;
3087 else
3088 p->next = tmp;
3089 p = tmp;
3090 }
3091 p->next = NULL;
3092 return retval;
3093 }
3094
3095 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3096
3097 bpstat
3098 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3099 {
3100 if (bsp == NULL)
3101 return NULL;
3102
3103 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3104 {
3105 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3106 return bsp;
3107 }
3108 return NULL;
3109 }
3110
3111 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3112 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3113 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3114 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3115
3116 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3117 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3118 we set it.
3119 Return 1 otherwise. */
3120
3121 int
3122 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3123 {
3124 struct breakpoint *b;
3125
3126 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3127 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3128
3129 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3130 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3131 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3132 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3133 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3134 if (b == NULL)
3135 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3136
3137 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3138 return 1;
3139 }
3140
3141 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3142
3143 void
3144 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
3145 {
3146 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3147 {
3148 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3149 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3150 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3151 {
3152 value_free (bs->old_val);
3153 bs->old_val = NULL;
3154 }
3155 }
3156 }
3157
3158 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3159
3160 static void
3161 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3162 {
3163 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3164 {
3165 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3166
3167 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3168 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3169 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3170 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3171 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3172 return;
3173 }
3174
3175 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3176 }
3177
3178 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3179 command. */
3180 static void
3181 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3182 {
3183 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3184 }
3185
3186 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3187 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3188 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3189 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3190
3191 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3192 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3193 bpstat of the current thread. */
3194
3195 static int
3196 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3197 {
3198 bpstat bs;
3199 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3200 int again = 0;
3201
3202 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3203 in bs->commands. */
3204 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3205 return 0;
3206
3207 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3208 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3209
3210 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3211
3212 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3213 bs = *bsp;
3214
3215 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3216 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3217 {
3218 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3219 struct command_line *cmd;
3220 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3221
3222 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3223
3224 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3225 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3226 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3227 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3228 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3229 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3230 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3231 the tree when we're done. */
3232 ccmd = bs->commands;
3233 bs->commands = NULL;
3234 this_cmd_tree_chain
3235 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3236 cmd = bs->commands_left;
3237 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3238
3239 while (cmd != NULL)
3240 {
3241 execute_control_command (cmd);
3242
3243 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3244 break;
3245 else
3246 cmd = cmd->next;
3247 }
3248
3249 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3250 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3251
3252 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3253 {
3254 if (target_can_async_p ())
3255 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3256 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3257 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3258 ;
3259 else
3260 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3261 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3262 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3263 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3264 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3265 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3266 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3267 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3268 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3269 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3270 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3271 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3272 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3273 again = 1;
3274 break;
3275 }
3276 }
3277 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3278 return again;
3279 }
3280
3281 void
3282 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3283 {
3284 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3285 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3286 && target_has_execution
3287 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3288 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3289 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3290 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3291 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3292 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3293 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3294 break;
3295 }
3296
3297 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3298
3299 static void
3300 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3301 {
3302 if (val == NULL)
3303 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3304 else
3305 {
3306 struct value_print_options opts;
3307 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3308 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3309 }
3310 }
3311
3312 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3313 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3314 by having it set different print_it values.
3315
3316 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3317 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3318 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3319 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3320 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3321
3322 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3323 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3324 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3325 don't print anything else.
3326 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3327 that something to be followed by a location.
3328 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3329 that something to be followed by a location.
3330 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3331 analysis. */
3332
3333 static enum print_stop_action
3334 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
3335 {
3336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3337 struct breakpoint *b;
3338 const struct bp_location *bl;
3339 struct ui_stream *stb;
3340 int bp_temp = 0;
3341 enum print_stop_action result;
3342
3343 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
3344
3345 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3346 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3347
3348 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3349 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3350
3351 switch (b->type)
3352 {
3353 case bp_breakpoint:
3354 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3355 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
3356 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
3357 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
3358 bl->address,
3359 b->number, 1);
3360 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
3361 if (bp_temp)
3362 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3363 else
3364 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
3365 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3366 {
3367 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
3368 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
3369 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3370 }
3371 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
3372 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
3373 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3374 break;
3375
3376 case bp_shlib_event:
3377 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3378 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3379 to shlib event" message.) */
3380 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3381 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3382 break;
3383
3384 case bp_thread_event:
3385 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3386 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3387 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3388 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3389 break;
3390
3391 case bp_overlay_event:
3392 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3393 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3394 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3395 break;
3396
3397 case bp_longjmp_master:
3398 /* These should never be enabled. */
3399 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3400 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3401 break;
3402
3403 case bp_std_terminate_master:
3404 /* These should never be enabled. */
3405 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3406 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3407 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3408 break;
3409
3410 case bp_exception_master:
3411 /* These should never be enabled. */
3412 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3413 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3414 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3415 break;
3416
3417 case bp_watchpoint:
3418 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3419 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3420 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3421 ui_out_field_string
3422 (uiout, "reason",
3423 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3424 mention (b);
3425 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3426 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3427 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3428 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3429 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3430 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3431 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3432 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3433 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3434 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3435 break;
3436
3437 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3438 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3439 ui_out_field_string
3440 (uiout, "reason",
3441 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3442 mention (b);
3443 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3444 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3445 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3446 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
3447 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3448 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3449 break;
3450
3451 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3452 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3453 {
3454 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3455 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3456 ui_out_field_string
3457 (uiout, "reason",
3458 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3459 mention (b);
3460 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3461 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3462 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3463 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3464 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3465 }
3466 else
3467 {
3468 mention (b);
3469 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3470 ui_out_field_string
3471 (uiout, "reason",
3472 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3473 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3474 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3475 }
3476 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3477 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3478 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3479 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3480 break;
3481
3482 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3483 here. */
3484
3485 case bp_finish:
3486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3487 ui_out_field_string
3488 (uiout, "reason",
3489 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
3490 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3491 break;
3492
3493 case bp_until:
3494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3495 ui_out_field_string
3496 (uiout, "reason",
3497 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
3498 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3499 break;
3500
3501 case bp_none:
3502 case bp_longjmp:
3503 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3504 case bp_exception:
3505 case bp_exception_resume:
3506 case bp_step_resume:
3507 case bp_hp_step_resume:
3508 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3509 case bp_call_dummy:
3510 case bp_std_terminate:
3511 case bp_tracepoint:
3512 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
3513 case bp_jit_event:
3514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
3515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
3516 default:
3517 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3518 break;
3519 }
3520
3521 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3522 return result;
3523 }
3524
3525 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3526 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3527 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3528 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3529 normal_stop(). */
3530
3531 static enum print_stop_action
3532 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3533 {
3534 switch (bs->print_it)
3535 {
3536 case print_it_noop:
3537 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3538 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3539 break;
3540
3541 case print_it_done:
3542 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3543 relevant messages. */
3544 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3545 break;
3546
3547 case print_it_normal:
3548 {
3549 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3550
3551 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3552 which has since been deleted. */
3553 if (b == NULL)
3554 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3555
3556 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3557 print_it_typical. */
3558 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
3559 return b->ops->print_it (b);
3560 else
3561 return print_it_typical (bs);
3562 }
3563 break;
3564
3565 default:
3566 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3567 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3568 break;
3569 }
3570 }
3571
3572 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3573 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3574 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3575 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3576 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3577 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3578 routine is one of:
3579
3580 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3581 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3582 code to print the location. An example is
3583 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3584 the location.
3585 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3586 to also print the location part of the message.
3587 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3588 don't require a location appended to the end.
3589 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3590 further info to be printed. */
3591
3592 enum print_stop_action
3593 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
3594 {
3595 int val;
3596
3597 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3598 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3599 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3600 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3601 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3602 {
3603 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3604 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3605 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3606 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3607 return val;
3608 }
3609
3610 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3611 with and nothing was printed. */
3612 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3613 }
3614
3615 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3616 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3617 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3618 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3619
3620 static int
3621 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3622 {
3623 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3624 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3625
3626 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3627 return i;
3628 }
3629
3630 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3631
3632 static bpstat
3633 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3634 {
3635 bpstat bs;
3636
3637 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3638 bs->next = NULL;
3639 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3640 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3641 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3642 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3643 incref_bp_location (bl);
3644 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3645 bs->commands = NULL;
3646 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3647 bs->old_val = NULL;
3648 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3649 return bs;
3650 }
3651 \f
3652 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3653 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3654
3655 int
3656 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3657 {
3658 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3659 CORE_ADDR addr;
3660 struct breakpoint *b;
3661
3662 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3663 {
3664 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3665 as not triggered. */
3666 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3667 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3668 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3669
3670 return 0;
3671 }
3672
3673 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3674 {
3675 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3676 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3677 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3678 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3679 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3680
3681 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3682 }
3683
3684 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3685 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3686 triggered. */
3687
3688 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3689 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3690 {
3691 struct bp_location *loc;
3692
3693 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3694 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3695 {
3696 if (is_masked_watchpoint (loc->owner))
3697 {
3698 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & loc->owner->hw_wp_mask;
3699 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & loc->owner->hw_wp_mask;
3700
3701 if (newaddr == start)
3702 {
3703 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3704 break;
3705 }
3706 }
3707 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3708 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3709 addr, loc->address,
3710 loc->length))
3711 {
3712 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3713 break;
3714 }
3715 }
3716 }
3717
3718 return 1;
3719 }
3720
3721 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3722 because of check_errors). */
3723 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3724 #define WP_DELETED 1
3725 /* The value has changed. */
3726 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3727 /* The value has not changed. */
3728 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3729 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3730 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3731
3732 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3733 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3734
3735 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3736 changed.
3737
3738 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3739 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3740
3741 static int
3742 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3743 {
3744 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3745 struct breakpoint *b;
3746 struct frame_info *fr;
3747 int within_current_scope;
3748
3749 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3750 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3751 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3752
3753 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
3754
3755 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3756 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3757 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3758 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3759 return WP_IGNORE;
3760
3761 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3762 within_current_scope = 1;
3763 else
3764 {
3765 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3766 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3767 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3768
3769 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3770 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3771 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3772 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3773 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3774 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3775 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3776 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3777 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3778 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3779 return WP_IGNORE;
3780
3781 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3782 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3783
3784 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3785 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3786 if (within_current_scope)
3787 {
3788 struct symbol *function;
3789
3790 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3791 if (function == NULL
3792 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3793 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3794 within_current_scope = 0;
3795 }
3796
3797 if (within_current_scope)
3798 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3799 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3800 the user. */
3801 select_frame (fr);
3802 }
3803
3804 if (within_current_scope)
3805 {
3806 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3807 time before we return to the command level and call
3808 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3809 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3810
3811 int pc = 0;
3812 struct value *mark;
3813 struct value *new_val;
3814
3815 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3816 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3817 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3818 a mask watchpoint. */
3819 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3820
3821 mark = value_mark ();
3822 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3823
3824 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3825 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3826 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3827 not what we want. */
3828 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3829 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3830 {
3831 if (new_val != NULL)
3832 {
3833 release_value (new_val);
3834 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3835 }
3836 bs->old_val = b->val;
3837 b->val = new_val;
3838 b->val_valid = 1;
3839 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3840 }
3841 else
3842 {
3843 /* Nothing changed. */
3844 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3845 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3846 }
3847 }
3848 else
3849 {
3850 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3851 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3852 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3853 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3854 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3855 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3856 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3857 the first value assigned). */
3858 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3859 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3860 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3861 information here. */
3862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3863 ui_out_field_string
3864 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3865 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3866 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
3867 ui_out_text (uiout,
3868 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3869 which its expression is valid.\n");
3870
3871 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3872 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
3873 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3874
3875 return WP_DELETED;
3876 }
3877 }
3878
3879 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3880 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3881 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3882 static int
3883 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3884 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3885 {
3886 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3887
3888 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3889 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3890
3891 if (b->ops && b->ops->breakpoint_hit)
3892 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3893
3894 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3895 tracepoints. */
3896 if (is_tracepoint (b))
3897 return 0;
3898
3899 if (!is_watchpoint (b)
3900 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
3901 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3902 {
3903 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3904 aspace, bp_addr))
3905 return 0;
3906 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3909 return 0;
3910 }
3911
3912 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3913 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3914 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3915 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3916 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3917 (did not match the data address). */
3918
3919 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3920 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
3921 return 0;
3922
3923 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
3924 {
3925 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
3926 return 0;
3927 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3928 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3929 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3930 return 0;
3931 }
3932
3933 return 1;
3934 }
3935
3936 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3937 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3938 to 0. */
3939 static void
3940 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3941 {
3942 const struct bp_location *bl;
3943 struct breakpoint *b;
3944
3945 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3946 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3947 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3948 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3949 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3950
3951 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3952 {
3953 int must_check_value = 0;
3954
3955 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3956 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3957 watched value. */
3958 must_check_value = 1;
3959 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3960 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3961 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3962 this watchpoint. */
3963 must_check_value = 1;
3964 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3965 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3966 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3967 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3968 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3969 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3970 must_check_value = 1;
3971
3972 if (must_check_value)
3973 {
3974 char *message
3975 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3976 b->number);
3977 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3978 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3979 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3980 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3981 switch (e)
3982 {
3983 case WP_DELETED:
3984 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3985 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3986 /* Stop. */
3987 break;
3988 case WP_IGNORE:
3989 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3990 bs->stop = 0;
3991 break;
3992 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3993 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3994 {
3995 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3996
3997 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3998 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3999 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4000 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4001 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4002 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4003 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4004 old value.
4005
4006 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4007 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4008 happen:
4009
4010 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4011 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4012 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4013 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4014
4015 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4016 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4017 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4018 watchpoint.
4019
4020 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4021 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4022 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4023 changes. This still gives false positives when
4024 the program writes the same value to memory as
4025 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4026 it for a read), but it's much better than
4027 nothing. */
4028
4029 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4030
4031 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4032 {
4033 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4034
4035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4036 if ((other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4037 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4038 && (other_b->watchpoint_triggered
4039 == watch_triggered_yes))
4040 {
4041 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4042 break;
4043 }
4044 }
4045
4046 if (other_write_watchpoint
4047 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4048 {
4049 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4050 and the value changed since the last time we
4051 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4052 Ignore it. */
4053 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4054 bs->stop = 0;
4055 }
4056 }
4057 break;
4058 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4059 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4060 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4061 {
4062 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4063 the value hasn't changed. */
4064 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4065 bs->stop = 0;
4066 }
4067 /* Stop. */
4068 break;
4069 default:
4070 /* Can't happen. */
4071 case 0:
4072 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4073 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
4074 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4075 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4076 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4077 break;
4078 }
4079 }
4080 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4081 {
4082 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4083 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4084 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4085 anything for this watchpoint. */
4086 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4087 bs->stop = 0;
4088 }
4089 }
4090 }
4091
4092
4093 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4094 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4095 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4096
4097 static void
4098 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4099 {
4100 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4101 const struct bp_location *bl;
4102 struct breakpoint *b;
4103
4104 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4105 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4106 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4107 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4108 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4109
4110 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4111 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4112 bs->stop = 0;
4113 else if (bs->stop)
4114 {
4115 int value_is_zero = 0;
4116 struct expression *cond;
4117
4118 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4119 method implemented. */
4120 if (b->py_bp_object)
4121 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4122
4123 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4124 cond = b->cond_exp;
4125 else
4126 cond = bl->cond;
4127
4128 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4129 {
4130 int within_current_scope = 1;
4131
4132 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4133 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4134 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4135 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4136 function call. */
4137 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4138
4139 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4140 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4141 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4142 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4143 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4144 call site. */
4145 if (!is_watchpoint (b) || b->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4146 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4147 else
4148 {
4149 struct frame_info *frame;
4150
4151 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4152 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4153 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4154 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4155 really matter which instantiation of the function
4156 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4157 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4158 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4159 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4160 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4161 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4162 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4163 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4164 intuitive. */
4165 frame = block_innermost_frame (b->cond_exp_valid_block);
4166 if (frame != NULL)
4167 select_frame (frame);
4168 else
4169 within_current_scope = 0;
4170 }
4171 if (within_current_scope)
4172 value_is_zero
4173 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4174 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4175 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4176 else
4177 {
4178 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4179 "in the current scope"));
4180 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4181 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4182 value_is_zero = 0;
4183 }
4184 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4185 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4186 }
4187
4188 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4189 {
4190 bs->stop = 0;
4191 }
4192 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4193 {
4194 bs->stop = 0;
4195 }
4196 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4197 {
4198 b->ignore_count--;
4199 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4200 bs->stop = 0;
4201 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4202 ++(b->hit_count);
4203 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4204 }
4205 }
4206 }
4207
4208
4209 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4210 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4211
4212 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4213 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4214 that:
4215
4216 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4217
4218 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4219
4220 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4221 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4222 several reasons concurrently.)
4223
4224 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4225 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4226
4227 bpstat
4228 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4229 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4230 {
4231 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4232 struct bp_location *bl;
4233 struct bp_location *loc;
4234 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4235 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4236 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4237 bpstat bs;
4238 int ix;
4239 int need_remove_insert;
4240 int removed_any;
4241
4242 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4243 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4244 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4245 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4246 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4247 inferior function calls. */
4248
4249 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4250 {
4251 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4252 continue;
4253
4254 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4255 {
4256 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4257 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4258 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4259 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4260 checked all locations already. */
4261 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4262 break;
4263
4264 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4265 continue;
4266
4267 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4268 continue;
4269
4270 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4271 matches. */
4272
4273 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4274 explain stop. */
4275
4276 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4277 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4278 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4279 bs->stop = 1;
4280 bs->print = 1;
4281
4282 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4283 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4284 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4285 iteration. */
4286 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4287 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4288 }
4289 }
4290
4291 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4292 {
4293 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4294 {
4295 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4296 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4297 bs->stop = 0;
4298 bs->print = 0;
4299 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4300 }
4301 }
4302
4303 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4304 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4305 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4306
4307 removed_any = 0;
4308
4309 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4310 {
4311 if (!bs->stop)
4312 continue;
4313
4314 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
4315 if (!bs->stop)
4316 continue;
4317
4318 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4319
4320 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
4321 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master
4322 || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
4323 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
4324 /* We do not stop for these. */
4325 bs->stop = 0;
4326 else
4327 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4328
4329 if (bs->stop)
4330 {
4331 ++(b->hit_count);
4332 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4333
4334 /* We will stop here. */
4335 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4336 {
4337 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4338 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4339 removed_any = 1;
4340 }
4341 if (b->silent)
4342 bs->print = 0;
4343 bs->commands = b->commands;
4344 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4345 bs->commands_left = bs->commands ? bs->commands->commands : NULL;
4346 if (bs->commands_left
4347 && (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands_left->line) == 0
4348 || (xdb_commands
4349 && strcmp ("Q",
4350 bs->commands_left->line) == 0)))
4351 {
4352 bs->commands_left = bs->commands_left->next;
4353 bs->print = 0;
4354 }
4355 }
4356
4357 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4358 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4359 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4360 }
4361
4362 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4363 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4364 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4365 done later. */
4366 need_remove_insert = 0;
4367 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4368 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4369 if (!bs->stop
4370 && bs->breakpoint_at
4371 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4372 {
4373 update_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4374 need_remove_insert = 1;
4375 }
4376
4377 if (need_remove_insert)
4378 update_global_location_list (1);
4379 else if (removed_any)
4380 update_global_location_list (0);
4381
4382 return bs_head;
4383 }
4384
4385 static void
4386 handle_jit_event (void)
4387 {
4388 struct frame_info *frame;
4389 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4390
4391 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4392 breakpoint_re_set. */
4393 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4394
4395 frame = get_current_frame ();
4396 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4397
4398 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4399
4400 target_terminal_inferior ();
4401 }
4402
4403 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4404
4405 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4406
4407 struct bpstat_what
4408 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4409 {
4410 struct bpstat_what retval;
4411 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4412 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4413 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4414 int shlib_event = 0;
4415 int jit_event = 0;
4416 bpstat bs;
4417
4418 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4419 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4420 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4421
4422 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4423 {
4424 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4425 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4426 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4427 enum bptype bptype;
4428
4429 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4430 {
4431 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4432 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4433 bptype = bp_none;
4434 }
4435 else if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4436 bptype = bp_none;
4437 else
4438 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4439
4440 switch (bptype)
4441 {
4442 case bp_none:
4443 break;
4444 case bp_breakpoint:
4445 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4446 case bp_until:
4447 case bp_finish:
4448 if (bs->stop)
4449 {
4450 if (bs->print)
4451 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4452 else
4453 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4454 }
4455 else
4456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4457 break;
4458 case bp_watchpoint:
4459 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4460 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4461 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4462 if (bs->stop)
4463 {
4464 if (bs->print)
4465 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4466 else
4467 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4468 }
4469 else
4470 {
4471 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4472 This requires no further action. */
4473 }
4474 break;
4475 case bp_longjmp:
4476 case bp_exception:
4477 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4478 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4479 break;
4480 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4481 case bp_exception_resume:
4482 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4483 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4484 break;
4485 case bp_step_resume:
4486 if (bs->stop)
4487 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4488 else
4489 {
4490 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4491 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4492 }
4493 break;
4494 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4495 if (bs->stop)
4496 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4497 else
4498 {
4499 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4501 }
4502 break;
4503 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4504 case bp_thread_event:
4505 case bp_overlay_event:
4506 case bp_longjmp_master:
4507 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4508 case bp_exception_master:
4509 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4510 break;
4511 case bp_catchpoint:
4512 if (bs->stop)
4513 {
4514 if (bs->print)
4515 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4516 else
4517 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4518 }
4519 else
4520 {
4521 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4522 This requires no further action. */
4523 }
4524 break;
4525 case bp_shlib_event:
4526 shlib_event = 1;
4527
4528 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4529 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4530 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4531 loaded objects (among other things). */
4532 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4533 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4534 else
4535 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4536 break;
4537 case bp_jit_event:
4538 jit_event = 1;
4539 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4540 break;
4541 case bp_call_dummy:
4542 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4543 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4544 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4545 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4546 break;
4547 case bp_std_terminate:
4548 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4549 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4550 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4551 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4552 break;
4553 case bp_tracepoint:
4554 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4555 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4556 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4557 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4558 out already. */
4559 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4560 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4561 break;
4562 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4563 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4564 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4565 break;
4566 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4567 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4568 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4569 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4570 break;
4571 default:
4572 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4573 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4574 }
4575
4576 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4577 }
4578
4579 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4580 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4581
4582 if (shlib_event)
4583 {
4584 if (debug_infrun)
4585 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4586
4587 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4588 to be adding them automatically. */
4589
4590 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4591 breakpoint_re_set. */
4592 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4593
4594 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4595 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4596 #else
4597 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4598 #endif
4599
4600 target_terminal_inferior ();
4601 }
4602
4603 if (jit_event)
4604 {
4605 if (debug_infrun)
4606 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4607
4608 handle_jit_event ();
4609 }
4610
4611 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4612 {
4613 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4614
4615 if (b == NULL)
4616 continue;
4617 switch (b->type)
4618 {
4619 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4620 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4621 break;
4622 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4623 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4624 break;
4625 }
4626 }
4627
4628 return retval;
4629 }
4630
4631 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4632 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4633 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4634
4635 int
4636 bpstat_should_step (void)
4637 {
4638 struct breakpoint *b;
4639
4640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4641 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4642 return 1;
4643 return 0;
4644 }
4645
4646 int
4647 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4648 {
4649 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4650 if (bs->stop)
4651 return 1;
4652
4653 return 0;
4654 }
4655
4656 \f
4657
4658 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4659 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4660 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4661
4662 static char *
4663 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4664 {
4665 static char wrap_indent[80];
4666 int i, total_width, width, align;
4667 char *text;
4668
4669 total_width = 0;
4670 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4671 {
4672 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4673 {
4674 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4675 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4676 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4677
4678 return wrap_indent;
4679 }
4680
4681 total_width += width + 1;
4682 }
4683
4684 return NULL;
4685 }
4686
4687 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4688
4689 static void
4690 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4691 struct bp_location *loc)
4692 {
4693 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4694
4695 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4696 loc = NULL;
4697
4698 if (loc != NULL)
4699 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4700
4701 if (b->display_canonical)
4702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4703 else if (b->source_file && loc)
4704 {
4705 struct symbol *sym
4706 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4707 if (sym)
4708 {
4709 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4711 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4712 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4713 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4714 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4715 }
4716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
4717 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4718
4719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4720 {
4721 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4722 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4723
4724 if (fullname)
4725 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4726 }
4727
4728 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
4729 }
4730 else if (loc)
4731 {
4732 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4733 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4734
4735 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4736 demangle, "");
4737 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4738
4739 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4740 }
4741 else
4742 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4743
4744 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4745 }
4746
4747 static const char *
4748 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4749 {
4750 struct ep_type_description
4751 {
4752 enum bptype type;
4753 char *description;
4754 };
4755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4756 {
4757 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4758 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4760 {bp_until, "until"},
4761 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4762 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4764 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4765 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4766 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4767 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4768 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4769 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4770 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4771 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4772 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4773 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4774 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4775 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4776 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4777 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4778 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4779 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4780 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4781 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4782 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4783 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4784 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4785 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4786 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4787 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4788 };
4789
4790 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4791 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4792 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4793 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4794 (int) type);
4795
4796 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4797 }
4798
4799 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4800
4801 static void
4802 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4803 struct bp_location *loc,
4804 int loc_number,
4805 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4806 int allflag)
4807 {
4808 struct command_line *l;
4809 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4810
4811 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4812 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4813 struct value_print_options opts;
4814
4815 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4816
4817 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4818 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4819 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4820 if (loc == NULL
4821 && (b->loc != NULL
4822 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4823 header_of_multiple = 1;
4824 if (loc == NULL)
4825 loc = b->loc;
4826
4827 annotate_record ();
4828
4829 /* 1 */
4830 annotate_field (0);
4831 if (part_of_multiple)
4832 {
4833 char *formatted;
4834 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4835 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4836 xfree (formatted);
4837 }
4838 else
4839 {
4840 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4841 }
4842
4843 /* 2 */
4844 annotate_field (1);
4845 if (part_of_multiple)
4846 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4847 else
4848 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4849
4850 /* 3 */
4851 annotate_field (2);
4852 if (part_of_multiple)
4853 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4854 else
4855 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4856
4857
4858 /* 4 */
4859 annotate_field (3);
4860 if (part_of_multiple)
4861 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4862 else
4863 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4864 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4865 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4866
4867
4868 /* 5 and 6 */
4869 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4870 {
4871 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4872 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4873 make sure there's just one location. */
4874 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4875 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4876 }
4877 else
4878 switch (b->type)
4879 {
4880 case bp_none:
4881 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4882 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4883 break;
4884
4885 case bp_watchpoint:
4886 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4887 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4888 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4889 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4890 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4891 is relatively readable). */
4892 if (opts.addressprint)
4893 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4894 annotate_field (5);
4895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
4896 break;
4897
4898 case bp_breakpoint:
4899 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4900 case bp_until:
4901 case bp_finish:
4902 case bp_longjmp:
4903 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4904 case bp_exception:
4905 case bp_exception_resume:
4906 case bp_step_resume:
4907 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4908 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4909 case bp_call_dummy:
4910 case bp_std_terminate:
4911 case bp_shlib_event:
4912 case bp_thread_event:
4913 case bp_overlay_event:
4914 case bp_longjmp_master:
4915 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4916 case bp_exception_master:
4917 case bp_tracepoint:
4918 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4919 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4920 case bp_jit_event:
4921 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4922 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4923 if (opts.addressprint)
4924 {
4925 annotate_field (4);
4926 if (header_of_multiple)
4927 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4928 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4929 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4930 else
4931 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4932 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4933 }
4934 annotate_field (5);
4935 if (!header_of_multiple)
4936 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4937 if (b->loc)
4938 *last_loc = b->loc;
4939 break;
4940 }
4941
4942
4943 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4944 are several. */
4945 if (loc != NULL
4946 && !header_of_multiple
4947 && (allflag
4948 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4949 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4950 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4951 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4952 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4953 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4954 {
4955 struct inferior *inf;
4956 int first = 1;
4957
4958 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4959 {
4960 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4961 {
4962 if (first)
4963 {
4964 first = 0;
4965 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4966 }
4967 else
4968 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4969 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4970 }
4971 }
4972 }
4973
4974 if (!part_of_multiple)
4975 {
4976 if (b->thread != -1)
4977 {
4978 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4979 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4980 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4981 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4982 }
4983 else if (b->task != 0)
4984 {
4985 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4986 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4987 }
4988 }
4989
4990 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4991
4992 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ops && b->ops->print_one_detail)
4993 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4994
4995 if (!part_of_multiple && b->static_trace_marker_id)
4996 {
4997 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
4998
4999 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
5000 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
5001 b->static_trace_marker_id);
5002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5003 }
5004
5005 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5006 {
5007 annotate_field (6);
5008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5009 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
5010 the frame ID. */
5011 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5012 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5013 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5014 }
5015
5016 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
5017 {
5018 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
5019 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
5020 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
5021 annotate_field (7);
5022 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5023 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5024 else
5025 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5027 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5028 }
5029
5030 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5031 {
5032 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5033 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5034 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5035 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5036 }
5037
5038 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5039 {
5040 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5041 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
5042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5043 else
5044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5045 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5046 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5047 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5048 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5049 else
5050 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5051 }
5052
5053 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5054 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5056 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5057 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5058
5059 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5060 {
5061 annotate_field (8);
5062 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5063 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5064 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5065 }
5066
5067 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5068 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5069 {
5070 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5071
5072 annotate_field (9);
5073 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5074 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5075 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5076 }
5077
5078 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
5079 {
5080 annotate_field (10);
5081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
5083 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5084 }
5085
5086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5087 {
5088 if (b->addr_string)
5089 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5090 else if (b->exp_string)
5091 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
5092 }
5093 }
5094
5095 static void
5096 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5097 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5098 int allflag)
5099 {
5100 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5101
5102 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5103
5104 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5105 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5106
5107 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5108 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5109 locations, if any. */
5110 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5111 {
5112 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5113 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5114 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5115 situation.
5116
5117 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5118 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5119 if (b->loc
5120 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5121 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5122 {
5123 struct bp_location *loc;
5124 int n = 1;
5125
5126 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5127 {
5128 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5129 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5130 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5131 do_cleanups (inner2);
5132 }
5133 }
5134 }
5135 }
5136
5137 static int
5138 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5139 {
5140 int print_address_bits = 0;
5141 struct bp_location *loc;
5142
5143 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5144 {
5145 int addr_bit;
5146
5147 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5148 an address to print. */
5149 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5150 continue;
5151
5152 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5153 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5154 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5155 }
5156
5157 return print_address_bits;
5158 }
5159
5160 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5161 {
5162 int bnum;
5163 };
5164
5165 static int
5166 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5167 {
5168 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5169 struct breakpoint *b;
5170 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5171
5172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5173 {
5174 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5175 {
5176 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5177 return GDB_RC_OK;
5178 }
5179 }
5180 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5181 }
5182
5183 enum gdb_rc
5184 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5185 char **error_message)
5186 {
5187 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5188
5189 args.bnum = bnum;
5190 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5191 an error. */
5192 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5193 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5194 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5195 else
5196 return GDB_RC_OK;
5197 }
5198
5199 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5200 internal or momentary. */
5201
5202 int
5203 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5204 {
5205 return b->number > 0;
5206 }
5207
5208 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5209 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5210 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5211 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5212 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5213 breakpoints listed. */
5214
5215 static int
5216 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5217 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5218 {
5219 struct breakpoint *b;
5220 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5221 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5222 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5223 struct value_print_options opts;
5224 int print_address_bits = 0;
5225 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5226
5227 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5228
5229 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5230 required for address fields. */
5231 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5233 {
5234 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5235 if (filter && !filter (b))
5236 continue;
5237
5238 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5239 accept. Skip the others. */
5240 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5241 {
5242 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5243 continue;
5244 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5245 continue;
5246 }
5247
5248 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5249 {
5250 int addr_bit, type_len;
5251
5252 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5253 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5254 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5255
5256 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5257 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5258 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5259
5260 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5261 }
5262 }
5263
5264 if (opts.addressprint)
5265 bkpttbl_chain
5266 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5267 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5268 "BreakpointTable");
5269 else
5270 bkpttbl_chain
5271 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5272 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5273 "BreakpointTable");
5274
5275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5276 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5277 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5278 annotate_field (0);
5279 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5280 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5281 annotate_field (1);
5282 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5283 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5284 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5285 annotate_field (2);
5286 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5287 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5288 annotate_field (3);
5289 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5290 if (opts.addressprint)
5291 {
5292 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5293 annotate_field (4);
5294 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5295 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5296 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5297 else
5298 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5299 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5300 }
5301 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5302 annotate_field (5);
5303 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5304 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5306 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5307
5308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5309 {
5310 QUIT;
5311 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5312 if (filter && !filter (b))
5313 continue;
5314
5315 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5316 accept. Skip the others. */
5317
5318 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5319 {
5320 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5321 {
5322 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5323 continue;
5324 }
5325 else /* all others */
5326 {
5327 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5328 continue;
5329 }
5330 }
5331 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5332 allflag is set. */
5333 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5334 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5335 }
5336
5337 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5338
5339 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5340 {
5341 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5342 empty list. */
5343 if (!filter)
5344 {
5345 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5346 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5347 else
5348 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5349 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5350 args);
5351 }
5352 }
5353 else
5354 {
5355 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5356 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5357 }
5358
5359 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5360 there have been breakpoints? */
5361 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5362
5363 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5364 }
5365
5366 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5367 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5368
5369 static void
5370 default_collect_info (void)
5371 {
5372 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5373 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5374 not wanted. */
5375 if (!*default_collect)
5376 return;
5377
5378 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5379 actions. */
5380 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5382 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5383 }
5384
5385 static void
5386 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5387 {
5388 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5389
5390 default_collect_info ();
5391 }
5392
5393 static void
5394 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5395 {
5396 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5397
5398 if (num_printed == 0)
5399 {
5400 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5401 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5402 else
5403 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5404 }
5405 }
5406
5407 static void
5408 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5409 {
5410 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5411
5412 default_collect_info ();
5413 }
5414
5415 static int
5416 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5417 struct program_space *pspace,
5418 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5419 {
5420 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5421
5422 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5423 {
5424 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5425 && bl->address == pc
5426 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5427 return 1;
5428 }
5429 return 0;
5430 }
5431
5432 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5433 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5434 address spaces. */
5435
5436 static void
5437 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5438 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5439 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5440 {
5441 int others = 0;
5442 struct breakpoint *b;
5443
5444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5445 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section);
5446 if (others > 0)
5447 {
5448 if (others == 1)
5449 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5450 else /* if (others == ???) */
5451 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5452 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5453 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5454 {
5455 others--;
5456 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5457 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5458 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5459 else if (b->thread != -1)
5460 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5461 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5462 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5463 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
5464 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
5465 ? " (disabled)"
5466 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5467 ? " (permanent)"
5468 : ""),
5469 (others > 1) ? ","
5470 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5471 }
5472 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5473 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5474 printf_filtered (".\n");
5475 }
5476 }
5477 \f
5478 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5479 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5480
5481 void
5482 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, struct program_space *pspace,
5483 CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
5484 int line)
5485 {
5486 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
5487 default_breakpoint_pspace = pspace;
5488 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
5489 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
5490 default_breakpoint_line = line;
5491 }
5492
5493 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5494 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5495 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5496 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5497
5498 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5499 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5500 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5501 breakpoint at address zero:
5502
5503 bp_watchpoint
5504 bp_catchpoint
5505
5506 */
5507
5508 static int
5509 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5510 {
5511 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5512
5513 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5514 }
5515
5516 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5517 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5518
5519 static int
5520 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5521 struct bp_location *loc2)
5522 {
5523 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5524 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5525 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5526
5527 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5528 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5529 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5530 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5531 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5532 other watchpoint. */
5533 if ((loc1->owner->cond_exp
5534 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5535 loc1->length,
5536 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5537 loc1->owner->cond_exp))
5538 || (loc2->owner->cond_exp
5539 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5540 loc2->length,
5541 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5542 loc2->owner->cond_exp)))
5543 return 0;
5544
5545 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5546 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5547 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5548 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5549 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5550 become hw_access locations later. */
5551 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5552 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5553 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5554 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5555 }
5556
5557 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5558 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5559 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5560 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5561
5562 static int
5563 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5564 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5565 {
5566 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5567 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5568 && addr1 == addr2);
5569 }
5570
5571 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5572 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5573 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5574 space doesn't really matter. */
5575
5576 static int
5577 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5578 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5579 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5580 {
5581 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5582 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5583 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5584 }
5585
5586 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5587 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5588 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5589 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5590
5591 static int
5592 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5593 struct address_space *aspace,
5594 CORE_ADDR addr)
5595 {
5596 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5597 aspace, addr)
5598 || (bl->length
5599 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5600 bl->address, bl->length,
5601 aspace, addr)));
5602 }
5603
5604 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5605 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5606 represent the same location. */
5607
5608 static int
5609 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5610 struct bp_location *loc2)
5611 {
5612 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5613
5614 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5615 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5616 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5617
5618 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5619 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5620
5621 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5622 return 0;
5623 else if (hw_point1)
5624 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5625 else
5626 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5627 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5628 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5629 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5630 }
5631
5632 static void
5633 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5634 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5635 {
5636 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5637 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5638 char astr1[64];
5639 char astr2[64];
5640
5641 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5642 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5643 if (have_bnum)
5644 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5645 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5646 else
5647 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5648 }
5649
5650 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5651 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5652 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5653 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5654
5655 static CORE_ADDR
5656 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5657 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5658 {
5659 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5660 {
5661 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5662 return bpaddr;
5663 }
5664 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5665 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5666 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5667 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5668 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5669 {
5670 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5671 have their addresses modified. */
5672 return bpaddr;
5673 }
5674 else
5675 {
5676 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5677
5678 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5679 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5680 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5681
5682 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5683 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5684 is required. */
5685 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5686 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5687
5688 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5689 }
5690 }
5691
5692 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5693
5694 static struct bp_location *
5695 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5696 {
5697 struct bp_location *loc;
5698
5699 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
5700 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5701
5702 loc->owner = bpt;
5703 loc->cond = NULL;
5704 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5705 loc->enabled = 1;
5706
5707 switch (bpt->type)
5708 {
5709 case bp_breakpoint:
5710 case bp_until:
5711 case bp_finish:
5712 case bp_longjmp:
5713 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5714 case bp_exception:
5715 case bp_exception_resume:
5716 case bp_step_resume:
5717 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5718 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5719 case bp_call_dummy:
5720 case bp_std_terminate:
5721 case bp_shlib_event:
5722 case bp_thread_event:
5723 case bp_overlay_event:
5724 case bp_jit_event:
5725 case bp_longjmp_master:
5726 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5727 case bp_exception_master:
5728 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5729 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5730 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5731 break;
5732 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5733 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5734 break;
5735 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5736 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5737 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5738 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5739 break;
5740 case bp_watchpoint:
5741 case bp_catchpoint:
5742 case bp_tracepoint:
5743 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5744 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5745 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5746 break;
5747 default:
5748 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5749 }
5750
5751 loc->refc = 1;
5752 return loc;
5753 }
5754
5755 static void
5756 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5757 {
5758 if (loc->cond)
5759 xfree (loc->cond);
5760
5761 if (loc->function_name)
5762 xfree (loc->function_name);
5763
5764 xfree (loc);
5765 }
5766
5767 /* Increment reference count. */
5768
5769 static void
5770 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5771 {
5772 ++bl->refc;
5773 }
5774
5775 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5776 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5777
5778 static void
5779 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5780 {
5781 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5782
5783 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5784 free_bp_location (*blp);
5785 *blp = NULL;
5786 }
5787
5788 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint that has
5789 type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5790 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5791 static. */
5792
5793 static struct breakpoint *
5794 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5795 enum bptype bptype)
5796 {
5797 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
5798
5799 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
5800 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5801
5802 b->type = bptype;
5803 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5804 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5805 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5806 b->thread = -1;
5807 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5808 b->next = 0;
5809 b->silent = 0;
5810 b->ignore_count = 0;
5811 b->commands = NULL;
5812 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5813 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
5814 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
5815 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = NULL;
5816 b->ops = NULL;
5817 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5818 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5819 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5820
5821 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5822 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5823
5824 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5825 if (b1 == 0)
5826 breakpoint_chain = b;
5827 else
5828 {
5829 while (b1->next)
5830 b1 = b1->next;
5831 b1->next = b;
5832 }
5833 return b;
5834 }
5835
5836 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5837 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5838 enough. */
5839
5840 static void
5841 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5842 {
5843 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5844
5845 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5846 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5847 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5848 {
5849 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5850
5851 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5852 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5853
5854 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5855 {
5856 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5857
5858 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5859 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5860 &loc->requested_address))
5861 {
5862 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5863 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5864 loc->requested_address,
5865 b->type);
5866 }
5867 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5868 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5869 {
5870 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5871 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5872 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5873 }
5874 }
5875
5876 if (loc->function_name)
5877 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5878 }
5879 }
5880
5881 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5882 static struct gdbarch *
5883 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5884 {
5885 if (sal.section)
5886 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5887 if (sal.symtab)
5888 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5889
5890 return NULL;
5891 }
5892
5893 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5894 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5895 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5896 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5897 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5898 is also returned as the value of this function.
5899
5900 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5901 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5902 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5903 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5904 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5905 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5906 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5907
5908 struct breakpoint *
5909 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5910 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
5911 {
5912 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch,
5913 bptype);
5914 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
5915 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch;
5916
5917 loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
5918 if (!loc_gdbarch)
5919 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
5920
5921 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5922 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5923
5924 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5925 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5926 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5927 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5928 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5929 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5930 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
5931 sal.pc, b->type);
5932
5933 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5934 b->loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
5935 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
5936 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
5937 b->loc->pspace = sal.pspace;
5938
5939 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5940 breakpoint resetting. */
5941 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5942
5943 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
5944 b->source_file = NULL;
5945 else
5946 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
5947 b->loc->section = sal.section;
5948 b->line_number = sal.line;
5949
5950 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc,
5951 sal.explicit_pc || sal.explicit_line);
5952
5953 breakpoints_changed ();
5954
5955 return b;
5956 }
5957
5958
5959 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5960 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5961 void
5962 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5963 {
5964 struct bp_location *bl;
5965
5966 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5967
5968 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5969 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5970 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5971 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5972 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
5973 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5974 bl->inserted = 1;
5975 }
5976
5977 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5978 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5979 initiated the operation. */
5980
5981 void
5982 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
5983 {
5984 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5985 int thread = tp->num;
5986
5987 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5988 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5989 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5990 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5991 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5992 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5993 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
5994 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
5995 {
5996 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
5997
5998 clone->type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
5999 clone->thread = thread;
6000 }
6001
6002 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6003 }
6004
6005 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6006 void
6007 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6008 {
6009 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6010
6011 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6012 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6013 {
6014 if (b->thread == thread)
6015 delete_breakpoint (b);
6016 }
6017 }
6018
6019 void
6020 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6021 {
6022 struct breakpoint *b;
6023
6024 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6025 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6026 {
6027 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6028 update_global_location_list (1);
6029 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6030 }
6031 }
6032
6033 void
6034 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6035 {
6036 struct breakpoint *b;
6037
6038 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6039 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6040 {
6041 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6042 update_global_location_list (0);
6043 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6044 }
6045 }
6046
6047 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6048 master breakpoint. */
6049 void
6050 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6051 {
6052 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6053
6054 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6055 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6056 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6057 {
6058 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
6059 clone->type = bp_std_terminate;
6060 }
6061 }
6062
6063 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6064 void
6065 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6066 {
6067 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6068
6069 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6070 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6071 delete_breakpoint (b);
6072 }
6073
6074 struct breakpoint *
6075 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6076 {
6077 struct breakpoint *b;
6078
6079 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event);
6080
6081 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6082 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6083 b->addr_string
6084 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6085
6086 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6087
6088 return b;
6089 }
6090
6091 void
6092 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6093 {
6094 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6095
6096 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6097 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6098 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6099 delete_breakpoint (b);
6100 }
6101
6102 struct lang_and_radix
6103 {
6104 enum language lang;
6105 int radix;
6106 };
6107
6108 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6109
6110 struct breakpoint *
6111 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6112 {
6113 struct breakpoint *b;
6114
6115 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event);
6116 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6117 return b;
6118 }
6119
6120 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6121
6122 void
6123 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6124 {
6125 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6126
6127 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6128 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6129 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6130 delete_breakpoint (b);
6131 }
6132
6133 void
6134 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6135 {
6136 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6137
6138 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6139 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6140 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6141 delete_breakpoint (b);
6142 }
6143
6144 struct breakpoint *
6145 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6146 {
6147 struct breakpoint *b;
6148
6149 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event);
6150 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6151 return b;
6152 }
6153
6154 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6155 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6156
6157 void
6158 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6159 {
6160 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6161
6162 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6163 {
6164 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6165 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6166
6167 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6168 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6169 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6170 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6171 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6172 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6173 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6174 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6175 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6176 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6177 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6178 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6179 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6180 #else
6181 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6182 #endif
6183 )
6184 {
6185 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6186 }
6187 }
6188 }
6189
6190 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6191 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6192 disabled. */
6193
6194 static void
6195 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6196 {
6197 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6198 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6199
6200 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6201 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6202 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6203 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6204 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6205 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6206 return;
6207
6208 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6209 {
6210 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6211 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6212
6213 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6214 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
6215 && solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6216 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6217 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
6218 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6219 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6220 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6221 {
6222 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6223 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6224 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6225 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6226 loc->inserted = 0;
6227
6228 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6229 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6230
6231 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6232 {
6233 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6234 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6235 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6236 solib->so_name);
6237 }
6238 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6239 }
6240 }
6241 }
6242
6243 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6244
6245 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6246 catchpoints. */
6247
6248 static int
6249 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6250 {
6251 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6252 }
6253
6254 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6255 catchpoints. */
6256
6257 static int
6258 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6259 {
6260 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6261 }
6262
6263 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6264 catchpoints. */
6265
6266 static int
6267 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6268 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6269 {
6270 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &bl->owner->forked_inferior_pid);
6271 }
6272
6273 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6274 catchpoints. */
6275
6276 static enum print_stop_action
6277 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6278 {
6279 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6280 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6281 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6282 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6283 }
6284
6285 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6286 catchpoints. */
6287
6288 static void
6289 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6290 {
6291 struct value_print_options opts;
6292
6293 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6294
6295 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6296 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6297 readable). */
6298 if (opts.addressprint)
6299 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6300 annotate_field (5);
6301 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6302 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6303 {
6304 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6305 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6306 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6307 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6308 }
6309 }
6310
6311 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6312 catchpoints. */
6313
6314 static void
6315 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6316 {
6317 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6318 }
6319
6320 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6321 catchpoints. */
6322
6323 static void
6324 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6325 {
6326 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6327 }
6328
6329 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6330
6331 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
6332 {
6333 insert_catch_fork,
6334 remove_catch_fork,
6335 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
6336 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6337 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6338 print_it_catch_fork,
6339 print_one_catch_fork,
6340 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6341 print_mention_catch_fork,
6342 print_recreate_catch_fork
6343 };
6344
6345 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6346 catchpoints. */
6347
6348 static int
6349 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6350 {
6351 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6352 }
6353
6354 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6355 catchpoints. */
6356
6357 static int
6358 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6359 {
6360 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6361 }
6362
6363 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6364 catchpoints. */
6365
6366 static int
6367 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6368 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6369 {
6370 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &bl->owner->forked_inferior_pid);
6371 }
6372
6373 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6374 catchpoints. */
6375
6376 static enum print_stop_action
6377 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6378 {
6379 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6380 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6381 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6382 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6383 }
6384
6385 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6386 catchpoints. */
6387
6388 static void
6389 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6390 {
6391 struct value_print_options opts;
6392
6393 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6394 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6395 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6396 readable). */
6397 if (opts.addressprint)
6398 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6399 annotate_field (5);
6400 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6401 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6402 {
6403 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6404 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6405 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6406 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6407 }
6408 }
6409
6410 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6411 catchpoints. */
6412
6413 static void
6414 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6415 {
6416 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6417 }
6418
6419 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6420 catchpoints. */
6421
6422 static void
6423 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6424 {
6425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6426 }
6427
6428 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6429
6430 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
6431 {
6432 insert_catch_vfork,
6433 remove_catch_vfork,
6434 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
6435 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6436 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6437 print_it_catch_vfork,
6438 print_one_catch_vfork,
6439 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6440 print_mention_catch_vfork,
6441 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6442 };
6443
6444 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6445 catchpoints. */
6446
6447 static int
6448 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6449 {
6450 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6451
6452 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6453 if (!bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6454 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6455 else
6456 {
6457 int i, iter;
6458
6459 for (i = 0;
6460 VEC_iterate (int, bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6461 i++)
6462 {
6463 int elem;
6464
6465 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6466 {
6467 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6468 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6469 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6470 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6471 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6472 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6473 vec_addr_offset;
6474 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6475 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6476 }
6477 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6478 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6479 }
6480 }
6481
6482 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6483 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6484 inf->any_syscall_count,
6485 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6486 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6487 }
6488
6489 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6490 catchpoints. */
6491
6492 static int
6493 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6494 {
6495 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6496
6497 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6498 if (!bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6499 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6500 else
6501 {
6502 int i, iter;
6503
6504 for (i = 0;
6505 VEC_iterate (int, bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6506 i++)
6507 {
6508 int elem;
6509 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6510 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6511 continue;
6512 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6513 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6514 }
6515 }
6516
6517 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6518 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6519 inf->any_syscall_count,
6520 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6521 VEC_address (int,
6522 inf->syscalls_counts));
6523 }
6524
6525 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6526 catchpoints. */
6527
6528 static int
6529 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6530 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6531 {
6532 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6533 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6534 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6535 int syscall_number = 0;
6536 const struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
6537
6538 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6539 return 0;
6540
6541 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6542 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6543 {
6544 int i, iter;
6545
6546 for (i = 0;
6547 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6548 i++)
6549 if (syscall_number == iter)
6550 break;
6551 /* Not the same. */
6552 if (!iter)
6553 return 0;
6554 }
6555
6556 return 1;
6557 }
6558
6559 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6560 catchpoints. */
6561
6562 static enum print_stop_action
6563 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6564 {
6565 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6566 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6567 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6568 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6569 ptid_t ptid;
6570 struct target_waitstatus last;
6571 struct syscall s;
6572 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6573 char *syscall_id;
6574
6575 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6576
6577 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6578
6579 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6580
6581 if (s.name == NULL)
6582 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number);
6583 else
6584 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name);
6585
6586 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id);
6587
6588 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6589 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6590 b->number, syscall_id);
6591 else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6592 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6593 b->number, syscall_id);
6594
6595 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6596
6597 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6598 }
6599
6600 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6601 catchpoints. */
6602
6603 static void
6604 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6605 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6606 {
6607 struct value_print_options opts;
6608
6609 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6610 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6611 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6612 readable). */
6613 if (opts.addressprint)
6614 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6615 annotate_field (5);
6616
6617 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught
6618 && VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6619 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6620 else
6621 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6622
6623 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6624 {
6625 int i, iter;
6626 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6627
6628 for (i = 0;
6629 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6630 i++)
6631 {
6632 char *x = text;
6633 struct syscall s;
6634 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6635
6636 if (s.name != NULL)
6637 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6638 else
6639 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6640
6641 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6642 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6643 on every call. */
6644 xfree (x);
6645 }
6646 /* Remove the last comma. */
6647 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6648 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6649 }
6650 else
6651 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6652 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6653 }
6654
6655 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6656 catchpoints. */
6657
6658 static void
6659 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6660 {
6661 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6662 {
6663 int i, iter;
6664
6665 if (VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6666 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6667 else
6668 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6669
6670 for (i = 0;
6671 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6672 i++)
6673 {
6674 struct syscall s;
6675 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6676
6677 if (s.name)
6678 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6679 else
6680 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6681 }
6682 printf_filtered (")");
6683 }
6684 else
6685 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6686 b->number);
6687 }
6688
6689 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6690 catchpoints. */
6691
6692 static void
6693 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6694 {
6695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6696
6697 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6698 {
6699 int i, iter;
6700
6701 for (i = 0;
6702 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6703 i++)
6704 {
6705 struct syscall s;
6706
6707 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6708 if (s.name)
6709 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6710 else
6711 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6712 }
6713 }
6714 }
6715
6716 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6717
6718 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops =
6719 {
6720 insert_catch_syscall,
6721 remove_catch_syscall,
6722 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall,
6723 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6724 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6725 print_it_catch_syscall,
6726 print_one_catch_syscall,
6727 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6728 print_mention_catch_syscall,
6729 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6730 };
6731
6732 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6733
6734 static int
6735 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6736 {
6737 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6738 }
6739
6740 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6741 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6742 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6743 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6744
6745 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6746 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6747 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6748 to the catchpoint. */
6749
6750 static struct breakpoint *
6751 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6752 char *cond_string,
6753 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6754 {
6755 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6756 struct breakpoint *b;
6757
6758 init_sal (&sal);
6759 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6760
6761 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint);
6762 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6763 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6764
6765 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6766 b->thread = -1;
6767 b->addr_string = NULL;
6768 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6769 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6770 b->ops = ops;
6771
6772 return b;
6773 }
6774
6775 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6776
6777 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6778 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6779 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6780 to the catchpoint. */
6781
6782 static struct breakpoint *
6783 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6784 char *cond_string, struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6785 {
6786 struct breakpoint *b =
6787 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6788
6789 mention (b);
6790 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6791 update_global_location_list (1);
6792
6793 return b;
6794 }
6795
6796 static void
6797 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6798 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6799 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6800 {
6801 struct breakpoint *b
6802 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6803
6804 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6805 area. */
6806 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6807 }
6808
6809 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6810
6811 static int
6812 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6813 {
6814 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6815 }
6816
6817 static int
6818 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6819 {
6820 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6821 }
6822
6823 static int
6824 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6825 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6826 {
6827 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &bl->owner->exec_pathname);
6828 }
6829
6830 static enum print_stop_action
6831 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6832 {
6833 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6834 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
6835 b->exec_pathname);
6836 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6837 }
6838
6839 static void
6840 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6841 {
6842 struct value_print_options opts;
6843
6844 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6845
6846 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6847 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6848 is relatively readable). */
6849 if (opts.addressprint)
6850 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6851 annotate_field (5);
6852 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6853 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
6854 {
6855 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6856 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
6857 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6858 }
6859 }
6860
6861 static void
6862 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6863 {
6864 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6865 }
6866
6867 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6868 catchpoints. */
6869
6870 static void
6871 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6872 {
6873 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6874 }
6875
6876 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
6877 {
6878 insert_catch_exec,
6879 remove_catch_exec,
6880 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
6881 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6882 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6883 print_it_catch_exec,
6884 print_one_catch_exec,
6885 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6886 print_mention_catch_exec,
6887 print_recreate_catch_exec
6888 };
6889
6890 static void
6891 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6892 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6893 {
6894 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6895 struct breakpoint *b =
6896 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6897
6898 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6899
6900 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6901 location list. */
6902 mention (b);
6903 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6904 update_global_location_list (1);
6905 }
6906
6907 static int
6908 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6909 {
6910 int i = 0;
6911 struct breakpoint *b;
6912 struct bp_location *bl;
6913
6914 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6915 {
6916 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6917 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6918 {
6919 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6920 one register. */
6921 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
6922 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6923 else
6924 i++;
6925 }
6926 }
6927
6928 return i;
6929 }
6930
6931 static int
6932 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6933 {
6934 int i = 0;
6935 struct breakpoint *b;
6936 struct bp_location *bl;
6937
6938 *other_type_used = 0;
6939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6940 {
6941 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6942 continue;
6943
6944 if (b->type == type)
6945 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6946 {
6947 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6948 one register. */
6949 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
6950 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6951 else
6952 i++;
6953 }
6954 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
6955 *other_type_used = 1;
6956 }
6957
6958 return i;
6959 }
6960
6961 void
6962 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6963 {
6964 struct breakpoint *b;
6965
6966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6967 {
6968 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6969 {
6970 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
6971 update_global_location_list (0);
6972 }
6973 }
6974 }
6975
6976 void
6977 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6978 {
6979 struct breakpoint *b;
6980
6981 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6982 {
6983 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6984 {
6985 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6986 update_global_location_list (1);
6987 }
6988 }
6989 }
6990
6991 void
6992 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6993 {
6994 struct breakpoint *b;
6995 int found = 0;
6996
6997 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6998 {
6999 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7000 continue;
7001
7002 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7003 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7004 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7005 {
7006 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7007 found = 1;
7008 }
7009 }
7010
7011 if (found)
7012 update_global_location_list (0);
7013
7014 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7015 }
7016
7017 void
7018 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7019 {
7020 struct breakpoint *b;
7021 int found = 0;
7022
7023 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7024
7025 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7026 {
7027 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7028 continue;
7029
7030 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7031 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7032 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
7033 {
7034 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7035 found = 1;
7036 }
7037 }
7038
7039 if (found)
7040 breakpoint_re_set ();
7041 }
7042
7043
7044 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7045 at address specified by SAL.
7046 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7047
7048 struct breakpoint *
7049 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7050 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7051 {
7052 struct breakpoint *b;
7053
7054 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7055 one. */
7056 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7057
7058 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7059 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7060 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7061 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7062
7063 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7064 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7065 control. */
7066 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7067 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7068
7069 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7070
7071 return b;
7072 }
7073
7074 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7075 ORIG is NULL. */
7076
7077 struct breakpoint *
7078 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7079 {
7080 struct breakpoint *copy;
7081
7082 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7083 if (orig == NULL)
7084 return NULL;
7085
7086 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, orig->type);
7087 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7088 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7089
7090 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7091 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7092 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7093 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7094 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7095
7096 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
7097 copy->source_file = NULL;
7098 else
7099 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
7100
7101 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
7102 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7103 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7104 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7105
7106 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7107 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7108 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7109
7110 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7111 return copy;
7112 }
7113
7114 struct breakpoint *
7115 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7116 enum bptype type)
7117 {
7118 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7119
7120 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7121 sal.pc = pc;
7122 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7123 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7124
7125 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7126 }
7127 \f
7128
7129 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7130
7131 static void
7132 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7133 {
7134 int say_where = 0;
7135 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
7136 struct value_print_options opts;
7137
7138 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7139
7140 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
7141 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7142 else
7143 switch (b->type)
7144 {
7145 case bp_none:
7146 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
7147 b->number);
7148 break;
7149 case bp_watchpoint:
7150 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
7151 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
7152 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7153 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7154 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7155 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7156 break;
7157 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7158 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
7159 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
7160 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7161 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7162 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7163 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7164 break;
7165 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7166 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7167 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
7168 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7169 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7170 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7171 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7172 break;
7173 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7174 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7175 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
7176 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7177 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7178 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7179 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7180 break;
7181 case bp_breakpoint:
7182 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7183 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7184 {
7185 say_where = 0;
7186 break;
7187 }
7188 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7189 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7190 else
7191 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7192 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7193 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
7194 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
7195 say_where = 1;
7196 break;
7197 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7198 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7199 {
7200 say_where = 0;
7201 break;
7202 }
7203 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
7204 say_where = 1;
7205 break;
7206 case bp_tracepoint:
7207 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7208 {
7209 say_where = 0;
7210 break;
7211 }
7212 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7213 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7214 say_where = 1;
7215 break;
7216 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7217 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7218 {
7219 say_where = 0;
7220 break;
7221 }
7222 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7223 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7224 say_where = 1;
7225 break;
7226 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7227 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7228 {
7229 say_where = 0;
7230 break;
7231 }
7232 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7233 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7234 say_where = 1;
7235 break;
7236
7237 case bp_until:
7238 case bp_finish:
7239 case bp_longjmp:
7240 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7241 case bp_exception:
7242 case bp_exception_resume:
7243 case bp_step_resume:
7244 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7245 case bp_call_dummy:
7246 case bp_std_terminate:
7247 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7248 case bp_shlib_event:
7249 case bp_thread_event:
7250 case bp_overlay_event:
7251 case bp_jit_event:
7252 case bp_longjmp_master:
7253 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7254 case bp_exception_master:
7255 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7256 break;
7257 }
7258
7259 if (say_where)
7260 {
7261 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7262 single string. */
7263 if (b->loc == NULL)
7264 {
7265 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
7266 }
7267 else
7268 {
7269 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
7270 {
7271 printf_filtered (" at ");
7272 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
7273 gdb_stdout);
7274 }
7275 if (b->source_file)
7276 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7277 b->source_file, b->line_number);
7278
7279 if (b->loc->next)
7280 {
7281 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
7282 int n = 0;
7283 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7284 ++n;
7285 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
7286 }
7287
7288 }
7289 }
7290 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7291 return;
7292 printf_filtered ("\n");
7293 }
7294 \f
7295
7296 static struct bp_location *
7297 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7298 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7299 {
7300 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7301
7302 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7303 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7304 ;
7305 *tmp = loc;
7306 loc->gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7307 if (!loc->gdbarch)
7308 loc->gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7309 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7310 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7311 loc->requested_address, b->type);
7312 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7313 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7314 loc->section = sal->section;
7315
7316 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7317 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7318 return loc;
7319 }
7320 \f
7321
7322 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7323 return 0 otherwise. */
7324
7325 static int
7326 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7327 {
7328 int len;
7329 CORE_ADDR addr;
7330 const gdb_byte *brk;
7331 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7332 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7333 int retval = 0;
7334
7335 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7336
7337 addr = loc->address;
7338 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7339
7340 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7341 if (brk == NULL)
7342 return 0;
7343
7344 target_mem = alloca (len);
7345
7346 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7347 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7348 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7349 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7350
7351 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7352 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7353
7354 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7355 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
7356 retval = 1;
7357
7358 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7359
7360 return retval;
7361 }
7362
7363
7364
7365 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7366 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7367 as condition expression. */
7368
7369 static void
7370 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7371 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7372 char *cond_string,
7373 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7374 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7375 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7376 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7377 {
7378 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
7379 int i;
7380
7381 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7382 {
7383 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7384 int target_resources_ok =
7385 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7386 i + 1, 0);
7387 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7388 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7389 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7390 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7391 }
7392
7393 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7394
7395 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7396 {
7397 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7398 struct bp_location *loc;
7399
7400 if (from_tty)
7401 {
7402 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7403 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7404 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7405
7406 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7407 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7408 }
7409
7410 if (i == 0)
7411 {
7412 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7413 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7414 b->thread = thread;
7415 b->task = task;
7416
7417 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7418 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7419 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7420 b->disposition = disposition;
7421 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace;
7422
7423 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7424 {
7425 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7426
7427 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
7428 {
7429 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7430 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7431 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7432 char *endp;
7433 char *marker_str;
7434 int i;
7435
7436 p = skip_spaces (p);
7437
7438 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7439
7440 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7441 b->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7442
7443 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7444 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7445 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7446 }
7447 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7448 {
7449 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7450 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7451
7452 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7453 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7454 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7455 }
7456 else
7457 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7458 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7459 }
7460
7461 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7462 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7463 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7464 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7465
7466 loc = b->loc;
7467 }
7468 else
7469 {
7470 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7471 }
7472
7473 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7474 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7475
7476 if (b->cond_string)
7477 {
7478 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7479 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7480 if (*arg)
7481 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7482 }
7483 }
7484
7485 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7486 if (addr_string)
7487 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7488 else
7489 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7490 me. */
7491 b->addr_string
7492 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7493
7494 b->ops = ops;
7495 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7496 notify observers. */
7497 if (!internal)
7498 mention (b);
7499 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7500 }
7501
7502 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7503 elements to fill the void space. */
7504 static void
7505 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
7506 {
7507 int i = index_to_remove+1;
7508 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
7509
7510 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
7511 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
7512
7513 --(sal->nelts);
7514 }
7515
7516 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7517 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7518 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7519 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7520 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7521 single expanded sal, return the original.
7522
7523 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7524 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7525 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7526 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7527 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7528
7529 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7530 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7531 {
7532 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7533 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
7534 char *original_function = NULL;
7535 int found;
7536 int i;
7537 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7538
7539 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7540 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7541 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
7542 {
7543 expanded.nelts = 1;
7544 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7545 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7546 return expanded;
7547 }
7548
7549 sal.pc = 0;
7550
7551 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7552
7553 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
7554
7555 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
7556
7557 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7558 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
7559
7560 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
7561 {
7562 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7563 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7564 xfree (expanded.sals);
7565 expanded.nelts = 1;
7566 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7567 sal.pc = original_pc;
7568 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7569 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]);
7570 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7571 return expanded;
7572 }
7573
7574 if (!sal.explicit_line)
7575 {
7576 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
7577 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7578 {
7579 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
7580 char *this_function;
7581
7582 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7583 read memory. */
7584 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace);
7585
7586 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
7587 &func_addr, &func_end))
7588 {
7589 if (this_function
7590 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
7591 {
7592 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
7593 --i;
7594 }
7595 }
7596 }
7597 }
7598
7599 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7600 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7601 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]);
7602
7603 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7604
7605 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
7606 {
7607 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7608 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7609 original sal. */
7610
7611 xfree (expanded.sals);
7612 expanded.nelts = 1;
7613 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7614 sal.pc = original_pc;
7615 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7616 return expanded;
7617 }
7618
7619 if (original_pc)
7620 {
7621 found = 0;
7622 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7623 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
7624 {
7625 found = 1;
7626 break;
7627 }
7628 gdb_assert (found);
7629 }
7630
7631 return expanded;
7632 }
7633
7634 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7635 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7636 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7637 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7638 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7639 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7640 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7641 we take just a single condition string.
7642
7643 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7644 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7645 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7646 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7647 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7648
7649 static void
7650 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7651 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
7652 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7653 char *cond_string,
7654 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7655 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7656 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7657 int enabled, int internal)
7658 {
7659 int i;
7660
7661 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7662 {
7663 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
7664 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
7665
7666 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical->canonical[i],
7667 cond_string, type, disposition,
7668 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7669 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7670 canonical->special_display);
7671 }
7672 }
7673
7674 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7675 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7676 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7677 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7678
7679 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7680 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7681
7682 static void
7683 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7684 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7685 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7686 {
7687 char *addr_start = *address;
7688
7689 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7690 breakpoint. */
7691 if ((*address) == NULL
7692 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7693 {
7694 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7695 {
7696 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7697
7698 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7699 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7700 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7701 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
7702 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
7703 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
7704 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
7705 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7706
7707 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7708 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7709 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7710 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7711 with the same symtab and line. */
7712 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7713
7714 sals->sals[0] = sal;
7715 sals->nelts = 1;
7716 }
7717 else
7718 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7719 }
7720 else
7721 {
7722 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7723 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7724 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7725 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7726
7727 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7728 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7729
7730 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7731
7732 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7733 && (!cursal.symtab
7734 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
7735 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
7736 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
7737 default_breakpoint_line, canonical);
7738 else
7739 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7740 canonical);
7741 }
7742 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7743 if (sals->nelts > 0 && canonical->canonical == NULL)
7744 canonical->canonical = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char *));
7745 if (addr_start != (*address))
7746 {
7747 int i;
7748
7749 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7750 {
7751 /* Add the string if not present. */
7752 if (canonical->canonical[i] == NULL)
7753 canonical->canonical[i] = savestring (addr_start,
7754 (*address) - addr_start);
7755 }
7756 }
7757 }
7758
7759
7760 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7761 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7762
7763 static void
7764 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7765 {
7766 int i;
7767
7768 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7769 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7770 }
7771
7772 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7773 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7774 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7775 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7776 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7777 it, etc. */
7778
7779 static void
7780 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7781 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7782 {
7783 int i, rslt;
7784 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7785 char *msg;
7786 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7787
7788 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7789 {
7790 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7791
7792 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc,
7793 NULL, &msg);
7794 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7795
7796 if (!rslt)
7797 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7798 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7799
7800 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7801 }
7802 }
7803
7804 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7805 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7806 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7807 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7808 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7809 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7810 static void
7811 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7812 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7813 {
7814 *cond_string = NULL;
7815 *thread = -1;
7816 while (tok && *tok)
7817 {
7818 char *end_tok;
7819 int toklen;
7820 char *cond_start = NULL;
7821 char *cond_end = NULL;
7822
7823 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7824
7825 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7826
7827 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7828
7829 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7830 {
7831 struct expression *expr;
7832
7833 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7834 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7835 xfree (expr);
7836 cond_end = tok;
7837 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7838 cond_end - cond_start);
7839 }
7840 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7841 {
7842 char *tmptok;
7843
7844 tok = end_tok + 1;
7845 tmptok = tok;
7846 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7847 if (tok == tmptok)
7848 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7849 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7850 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7851 }
7852 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7853 {
7854 char *tmptok;
7855
7856 tok = end_tok + 1;
7857 tmptok = tok;
7858 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7859 if (tok == tmptok)
7860 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7861 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7862 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7863 }
7864 else
7865 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7866 }
7867 }
7868
7869 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7870
7871 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7872 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7873 {
7874 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7875 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7876 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7877 struct symbol *sym;
7878 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7879 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7880 char *endp;
7881 char *marker_str;
7882 int i;
7883
7884 p = skip_spaces (p);
7885
7886 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7887
7888 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7889 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7890
7891 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7892 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7893 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7894
7895 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7896 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7897
7898 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7899 {
7900 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7901
7902 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7903
7904 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7905
7906 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7907 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7908
7909 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7910 }
7911
7912 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7913
7914 *arg_p = endp;
7915 return sals;
7916 }
7917
7918 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7919 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7920 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7921 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7922 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7923 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7924 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7925 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7926 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7927 false otherwise. */
7928
7929 int
7930 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7931 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7932 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7933 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7934 int ignore_count,
7935 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7936 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7937 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
7938 {
7939 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
7940 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7941 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
7942 char *copy_arg;
7943 char *addr_start = arg;
7944 struct linespec_result canonical;
7945 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7946 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7947 int i;
7948 int pending = 0;
7949 int task = 0;
7950 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7951
7952 sals.sals = NULL;
7953 sals.nelts = 0;
7954 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
7955
7956 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
7957 {
7958 int i;
7959
7960 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
7961
7962 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
7963 canonical.canonical = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char *));
7964 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7965 canonical.canonical[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7966 goto done;
7967 }
7968
7969 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7970 {
7971 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals, &canonical);
7972 }
7973
7974 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7975 switch (e.reason)
7976 {
7977 case RETURN_QUIT:
7978 throw_exception (e);
7979 case RETURN_ERROR:
7980 switch (e.error)
7981 {
7982 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7983
7984 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7985 error. */
7986
7987 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7988 throw_exception (e);
7989
7990 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7991
7992 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7993 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7994 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7995 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
7996 "future shared library load? ")))
7997 return 0;
7998
7999 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8000 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8001 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8002 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8003 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
8004 canonical.canonical = &copy_arg;
8005 sals.nelts = 1;
8006 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
8007 pending_sal.pc = 0;
8008 pending = 1;
8009 break;
8010 default:
8011 throw_exception (e);
8012 }
8013 break;
8014 default:
8015 if (!sals.nelts)
8016 return 0;
8017 }
8018
8019 done:
8020
8021 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8022 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8023
8024 if (!pending)
8025 {
8026 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
8027 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
8028
8029 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
8030 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical);
8031 }
8032
8033 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8034 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8035 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8036 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8037 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8038
8039 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
8040 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
8041 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8042 {
8043 if (canonical.canonical[i] != NULL)
8044 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical[i]);
8045 }
8046
8047 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8048 are ok for the target. */
8049 if (!pending)
8050 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals);
8051
8052 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8053 if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
8054 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals);
8055
8056 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8057 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8058 breakpoint. */
8059 if (!pending)
8060 {
8061 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
8062 {
8063 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8064 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8065 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8066 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8067 cond_string = NULL;
8068 thread = -1;
8069 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
8070 &thread, &task);
8071 if (cond_string)
8072 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8073 }
8074 else
8075 {
8076 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8077 if (cond_string)
8078 {
8079 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8080 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8081 }
8082 }
8083
8084 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8085 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8086 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8087 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8088 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8089 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8090 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
8091 && is_marker_spec (canonical.canonical[0]))
8092 {
8093 int i;
8094
8095 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8096 {
8097 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
8098 struct breakpoint *tp;
8099 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8100
8101 expanded.nelts = 1;
8102 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8103 expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i];
8104 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals);
8105
8106 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical.canonical[i],
8107 cond_string, type_wanted,
8108 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8109 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8110 from_tty, enabled, internal,
8111 canonical.special_display);
8112
8113 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8114
8115 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
8116 if (internal)
8117 tp = get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number);
8118 else
8119 tp = get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count);
8120 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
8121
8122 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8123 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8124 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8125 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8126 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8127 corresponds to this one */
8128 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
8129 }
8130 }
8131 else
8132 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, &canonical, cond_string,
8133 type_wanted,
8134 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8135 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
8136 enabled, internal);
8137 }
8138 else
8139 {
8140 struct breakpoint *b;
8141
8142 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8143
8144 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted);
8145 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8146 b->thread = -1;
8147 b->addr_string = canonical.canonical[0];
8148 b->cond_string = NULL;
8149 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8150 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8151 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8152 b->ops = ops;
8153 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8154 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8155 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
8156
8157 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
8158 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
8159 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
8160 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
8161
8162 if (!internal)
8163 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8164 but do notify observers. */
8165 mention (b);
8166 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8167 }
8168
8169 if (sals.nelts > 1)
8170 {
8171 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8172 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8173 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8174 }
8175
8176 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8177 breakpoint. */
8178 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8179 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8180 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8181
8182 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8183 update_global_location_list (1);
8184
8185 return 1;
8186 }
8187
8188 /* Set a breakpoint.
8189 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8190 condition, and thread.
8191 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8192 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8193 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8194
8195 static void
8196 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8197 {
8198 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8199 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8200 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8201 : bp_breakpoint);
8202
8203 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8204 arg,
8205 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8206 tempflag, type_wanted,
8207 0 /* Ignore count */,
8208 pending_break_support,
8209 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
8210 from_tty,
8211 1 /* enabled */,
8212 0 /* internal */);
8213 }
8214
8215
8216 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8217
8218 void
8219 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8220 {
8221 CORE_ADDR pc;
8222
8223 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8224 {
8225 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8226 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8227 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8228 sal->pc = pc;
8229
8230 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8231 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8232 if (sal->explicit_line)
8233 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8234 }
8235
8236 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8237 {
8238 struct blockvector *bv;
8239 struct block *b;
8240 struct symbol *sym;
8241
8242 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8243 if (bv != NULL)
8244 {
8245 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8246 if (sym != NULL)
8247 {
8248 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8249 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8250 }
8251 else
8252 {
8253 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8254 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8255 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8256 happen in assembly source). */
8257
8258 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8259 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8260
8261 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8262
8263 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8264 if (msym)
8265 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8266
8267 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8268 }
8269 }
8270 }
8271 }
8272
8273 void
8274 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8275 {
8276 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8277 }
8278
8279 void
8280 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8281 {
8282 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8283 }
8284
8285 static void
8286 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8287 {
8288 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8289 }
8290
8291 static void
8292 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8293 {
8294 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8295 }
8296
8297 static void
8298 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8299 {
8300 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8301 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8302 stop at <line>\n"));
8303 }
8304
8305 static void
8306 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8307 {
8308 int badInput = 0;
8309
8310 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8311 badInput = 1;
8312 else if (*arg != '*')
8313 {
8314 char *argptr = arg;
8315 int hasColon = 0;
8316
8317 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8318 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8319 function/method name. */
8320 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8321 {
8322 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8323 argptr++;
8324 }
8325
8326 if (hasColon)
8327 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8328 else
8329 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8330 }
8331
8332 if (badInput)
8333 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8334 else
8335 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8336 }
8337
8338 static void
8339 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8340 {
8341 int badInput = 0;
8342
8343 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8344 badInput = 1;
8345 else
8346 {
8347 char *argptr = arg;
8348 int hasColon = 0;
8349
8350 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8351 it is probably a line number. */
8352 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8353 {
8354 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8355 argptr++;
8356 }
8357
8358 if (hasColon)
8359 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8360 else
8361 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8362 }
8363
8364 if (badInput)
8365 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8366 else
8367 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8368 }
8369
8370 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8371 ranged breakpoints. */
8372
8373 static int
8374 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8375 struct address_space *aspace,
8376 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8377 {
8378 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8379 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8380 }
8381
8382 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8383 ranged breakpoints. */
8384
8385 static int
8386 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8387 {
8388 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8389 }
8390
8391 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8392 ranged breakpoints. */
8393
8394 static enum print_stop_action
8395 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8396 {
8397 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8398
8399 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8400
8401 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8402 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8403
8404 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8405 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8406 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8407 else
8408 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8409 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8410 {
8411 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8412 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8413 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8414 }
8415 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8416 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8417
8418 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8419 }
8420
8421 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8422 ranged breakpoints. */
8423
8424 static void
8425 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8426 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8427 {
8428 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8429 struct value_print_options opts;
8430
8431 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8432 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8433
8434 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8435
8436 if (opts.addressprint)
8437 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8438 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8439 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8440 annotate_field (5);
8441 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8442 *last_loc = bl;
8443 }
8444
8445 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8446 ranged breakpoints. */
8447
8448 static void
8449 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8450 struct ui_out *uiout)
8451 {
8452 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8453 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8454 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8455 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8456
8457 gdb_assert (bl);
8458
8459 address_start = bl->address;
8460 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8461
8462 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8463 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8464 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8465 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8466 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8467 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8468
8469 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8470 }
8471
8472 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8473 ranged breakpoints. */
8474
8475 static void
8476 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8477 {
8478 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8479
8480 gdb_assert (bl);
8481 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8482
8483 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8484 return;
8485
8486 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8487 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8488 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8489 }
8490
8491 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8492 ranged breakpoints. */
8493
8494 static void
8495 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8496 {
8497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8498 b->addr_string_range_end);
8499 }
8500
8501 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8502
8503 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops =
8504 {
8505 NULL, /* insert */
8506 NULL, /* remove */
8507 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint,
8508 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint,
8509 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
8510 print_it_ranged_breakpoint,
8511 print_one_ranged_breakpoint,
8512 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint,
8513 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint,
8514 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
8515 };
8516
8517 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8518 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8519 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8520 last instruction of the given line. */
8521
8522 static CORE_ADDR
8523 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8524 {
8525 CORE_ADDR end;
8526
8527 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8528 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8529 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8530 end = sal.pc;
8531 else
8532 {
8533 int ret;
8534 CORE_ADDR start;
8535
8536 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8537 if (!ret)
8538 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8539
8540 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8541 end--;
8542 }
8543
8544 return end;
8545 }
8546
8547 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8548
8549 static void
8550 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8551 {
8552 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8553 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8554 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8555 CORE_ADDR end;
8556 struct breakpoint *b;
8557 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8558 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start, sals_end;
8559 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8560
8561 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8562 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8563 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8564
8565 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8566 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8567 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8568 bp_count, 0);
8569 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8570 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8571
8572 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8573 error(_("No address range specified."));
8574
8575 sals_start.sals = NULL;
8576 sals_start.nelts = 0;
8577 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8578
8579 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8580 arg++;
8581
8582 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals_start, &canonical_start);
8583
8584 sal_start = sals_start.sals[0];
8585 addr_string_start = canonical_start.canonical[0];
8586 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8587 xfree (sals_start.sals);
8588 xfree (canonical_start.canonical);
8589
8590 if (arg[0] != ',')
8591 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8592 else if (sals_start.nelts == 0)
8593 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8594 else if (sals_start.nelts != 1)
8595 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8596
8597 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start);
8598
8599 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8600 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8601 arg++;
8602
8603 /* Parse the end location. */
8604
8605 sals_end.sals = NULL;
8606 sals_end.nelts = 0;
8607 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8608 arg_start = arg;
8609
8610 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8611 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8612 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8613 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8614 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8615 sals_end = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8616 &canonical_end);
8617
8618 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8619 if (canonical_end.canonical == NULL)
8620 canonical_end.canonical = xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8621 /* Add the string if not present. */
8622 if (arg_start != arg && canonical_end.canonical[0] == NULL)
8623 canonical_end.canonical[0] = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8624
8625 sal_end = sals_end.sals[0];
8626 addr_string_end = canonical_end.canonical[0];
8627 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8628 xfree (sals_end.sals);
8629 xfree (canonical_end.canonical);
8630
8631 if (sals_end.nelts == 0)
8632 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8633 else if (sals_end.nelts != 1)
8634 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8635
8636 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end);
8637
8638 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8639 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8640 error (_("Invalid address range, end preceeds start."));
8641
8642 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8643 if (length < 0)
8644 /* Length overflowed. */
8645 error (_("Address range too large."));
8646 else if (length == 1)
8647 {
8648 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8649 the `hbreak' command. */
8650 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8651
8652 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8653
8654 return;
8655 }
8656
8657 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8658 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8659 bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8660 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8661 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8662 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8663 b->addr_string = addr_string_start;
8664 b->addr_string_range_end = addr_string_end;
8665 b->ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8666 b->loc->length = length;
8667
8668 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8669
8670 mention (b);
8671 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8672 update_global_location_list (1);
8673 }
8674
8675 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8676 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8677 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8678 zero. */
8679 static int
8680 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8681 {
8682 int i = exp->nelts;
8683
8684 while (i > 0)
8685 {
8686 int oplenp, argsp;
8687
8688 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8689 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8690 i -= oplenp;
8691
8692 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8693 {
8694 case BINOP_ADD:
8695 case BINOP_SUB:
8696 case BINOP_MUL:
8697 case BINOP_DIV:
8698 case BINOP_REM:
8699 case BINOP_MOD:
8700 case BINOP_LSH:
8701 case BINOP_RSH:
8702 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8703 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8704 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8705 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8706 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8707 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8708 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8709 case BINOP_LESS:
8710 case BINOP_GTR:
8711 case BINOP_LEQ:
8712 case BINOP_GEQ:
8713 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8714 case BINOP_COMMA:
8715 case BINOP_EXP:
8716 case BINOP_MIN:
8717 case BINOP_MAX:
8718 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8719 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8720 case BINOP_IN:
8721 case BINOP_RANGE:
8722 case TERNOP_COND:
8723 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8724 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8725
8726 case OP_LONG:
8727 case OP_DOUBLE:
8728 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8729 case OP_LAST:
8730 case OP_COMPLEX:
8731 case OP_STRING:
8732 case OP_BITSTRING:
8733 case OP_ARRAY:
8734 case OP_TYPE:
8735 case OP_NAME:
8736 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8737
8738 case UNOP_NEG:
8739 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8740 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8741 case UNOP_ADDR:
8742 case UNOP_HIGH:
8743 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8744 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8745 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8746 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8747
8748 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8749 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8750 ADDR is. */
8751 break;
8752
8753 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8754 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8755
8756 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8757 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8758 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8759 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8760
8761 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8762 are always constant. */
8763 {
8764 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8765
8766 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8767 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8768 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8769 return 0;
8770 break;
8771 }
8772
8773 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8774 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8775 then it is not a constant. */
8776 default:
8777 return 0;
8778 }
8779 }
8780
8781 return 1;
8782 }
8783
8784 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8785
8786 static int
8787 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8788 {
8789 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8790
8791 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8792 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8793 }
8794
8795 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8796
8797 static int
8798 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8799 {
8800 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8801
8802 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8803 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8804 }
8805
8806 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8807 hardware watchpoints. */
8808
8809 static int
8810 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8811 {
8812 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8813
8814 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8815 }
8816
8817 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8818 hardware watchpoints. */
8819
8820 int
8821 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8822 {
8823 return b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8824 }
8825
8826 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8827
8828 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
8829 {
8830 insert_watchpoint,
8831 remove_watchpoint,
8832 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
8833 resources_needed_watchpoint,
8834 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint,
8835 NULL, /* print_it */
8836 NULL, /* print_one */
8837 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
8838 NULL, /* print_mention */
8839 NULL /* print_recreate */
8840 };
8841
8842 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8843 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8844
8845 static int
8846 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8847 {
8848 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, bl->owner->hw_wp_mask,
8849 bl->watchpoint_type);
8850 }
8851
8852 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8853 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8854
8855 static int
8856 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8857 {
8858 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, bl->owner->hw_wp_mask,
8859 bl->watchpoint_type);
8860 }
8861
8862 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8863 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8864
8865 static int
8866 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8867 {
8868 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address,
8869 bl->owner->hw_wp_mask);
8870 }
8871
8872 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8873 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8874
8875 static int
8876 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8877 {
8878 return 0;
8879 }
8880
8881 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8882 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8883
8884 static enum print_stop_action
8885 print_it_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8886 {
8887 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8888 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8889
8890 switch (b->type)
8891 {
8892 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8893 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8894 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8895 ui_out_field_string
8896 (uiout, "reason",
8897 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8898 break;
8899
8900 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8901 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8902 ui_out_field_string
8903 (uiout, "reason",
8904 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8905 break;
8906
8907 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8908 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8909 ui_out_field_string
8910 (uiout, "reason",
8911 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8912 break;
8913 default:
8914 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8915 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8916 }
8917
8918 mention (b);
8919 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
8920 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8921 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8922 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8923
8924 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8925 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8926 }
8927
8928 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8929 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8930
8931 static void
8932 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8933 struct ui_out *uiout)
8934 {
8935 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8936 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8937
8938 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
8939 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, b->hw_wp_mask);
8940 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8941 }
8942
8943 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8944 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8945
8946 static void
8947 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8948 {
8949 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8950
8951 switch (b->type)
8952 {
8953 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8954 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8955 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8956 break;
8957 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8958 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8959 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8960 break;
8961 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8962 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8963 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8964 break;
8965 default:
8966 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8967 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8968 }
8969
8970 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8971 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8972 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
8973 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8974 }
8975
8976 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8977 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8978
8979 static void
8980 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8981 {
8982 char tmp[40];
8983
8984 switch (b->type)
8985 {
8986 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8987 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8988 break;
8989 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8990 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8991 break;
8992 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8993 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8994 break;
8995 default:
8996 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8997 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8998 }
8999
9000 sprintf_vma (tmp, b->hw_wp_mask);
9001 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", b->exp_string, tmp);
9002 }
9003
9004 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9005
9006 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
9007 {
9008 insert_masked_watchpoint,
9009 remove_masked_watchpoint,
9010 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9011 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint,
9012 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint,
9013 print_it_masked_watchpoint,
9014 NULL, /* print_one */
9015 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint,
9016 print_mention_masked_watchpoint,
9017 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
9018 };
9019
9020 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9021
9022 static int
9023 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9024 {
9025 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9026 }
9027
9028 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9029 hw_read: watch read,
9030 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9031 static void
9032 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9033 int just_location, int internal)
9034 {
9035 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9036 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9037 struct expression *exp;
9038 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9039 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9040 struct frame_info *frame;
9041 char *exp_start = NULL;
9042 char *exp_end = NULL;
9043 char *tok, *end_tok;
9044 int toklen = -1;
9045 char *cond_start = NULL;
9046 char *cond_end = NULL;
9047 enum bptype bp_type;
9048 int thread = -1;
9049 int pc = 0;
9050 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9051 the hardware watchpoint. */
9052 int use_mask = 0;
9053 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9054
9055 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9056 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9057 {
9058 char *value_start;
9059
9060 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9061 of the arguments string. */
9062 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9063 {
9064 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9065 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9066 tok--;
9067
9068 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9069 This is the value of the parameter. */
9070 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9071 tok--;
9072 value_start = tok + 1;
9073
9074 /* Skip whitespace. */
9075 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9076 tok--;
9077
9078 end_tok = tok;
9079
9080 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9081 This is the parameter itself. */
9082 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9083 tok--;
9084 tok++;
9085 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9086
9087 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9088 {
9089 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9090 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9091 only in a specific thread. */
9092 char *endp;
9093
9094 if (thread != -1)
9095 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9096
9097 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9098 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9099
9100 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9101 thread ID. */
9102 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9103 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9104
9105 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9106 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9107 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9108 }
9109 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9110 {
9111 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9112 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9113 facility. */
9114 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9115
9116 if (use_mask)
9117 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9118
9119 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9120
9121 mark = value_mark ();
9122 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9123 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9124 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9125 }
9126 else
9127 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9128 break;
9129
9130 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9131 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9132 *tok = '\0';
9133 }
9134 }
9135
9136 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9137 innermost_block = NULL;
9138 exp_start = arg;
9139 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9140 exp_end = arg;
9141 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9142 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9143 prettier. */
9144 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9145 --exp_end;
9146
9147 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9148 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9149 {
9150 int len;
9151
9152 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9153 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9154 len--;
9155 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9156 }
9157
9158 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9159 mark = value_mark ();
9160 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9161
9162 if (just_location)
9163 {
9164 int ret;
9165
9166 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9167 val = value_addr (result);
9168 release_value (val);
9169 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9170
9171 if (use_mask)
9172 {
9173 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9174 mask);
9175 if (ret == -1)
9176 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9177 else if (ret == -2)
9178 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9179 }
9180 }
9181 else if (val != NULL)
9182 release_value (val);
9183
9184 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9185 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9186
9187 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9188 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9189 {
9190 struct expression *cond;
9191
9192 innermost_block = NULL;
9193 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9194 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9195
9196 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9197 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9198 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9199
9200 xfree (cond);
9201 cond_end = tok;
9202 }
9203 if (*tok)
9204 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9205
9206 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9207 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9208 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9209 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9210 else
9211 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9212
9213 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9214
9215 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9216 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9217 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9218 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9219 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9220 {
9221 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9222 {
9223 scope_breakpoint
9224 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9225 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9226 bp_watchpoint_scope);
9227
9228 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9229
9230 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9231 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9232
9233 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9234 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9235
9236 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9237 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9238 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9239 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9240 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9241 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9242 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9243 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9244 scope_breakpoint->type);
9245 }
9246 }
9247
9248 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9249 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL, bp_type);
9250 b->thread = thread;
9251 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9252 b->exp = exp;
9253 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9254 b->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9255 if (just_location)
9256 {
9257 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9258 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9259 char *name;
9260
9261 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9262 name = type_to_string (t);
9263
9264 b->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9265 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9266 xfree (name);
9267
9268 b->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9269 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9270
9271 /* The above expression is in C. */
9272 b->language = language_c;
9273 }
9274 else
9275 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9276
9277 if (use_mask)
9278 {
9279 b->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9280 b->ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9281 }
9282 else
9283 {
9284 b->val = val;
9285 b->val_valid = 1;
9286 b->ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9287 }
9288
9289 if (cond_start)
9290 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9291 else
9292 b->cond_string = 0;
9293
9294 if (frame)
9295 {
9296 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9297 b->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9298 }
9299 else
9300 {
9301 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9302 b->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9303 }
9304
9305 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9306 {
9307 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9308 need to act on them together. */
9309 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9310 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9311 }
9312
9313 if (!just_location)
9314 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9315
9316 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9317 {
9318 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9319 that should be inserted. */
9320 update_watchpoint (b, 1);
9321 }
9322 if (e.reason < 0)
9323 {
9324 delete_breakpoint (b);
9325 throw_exception (e);
9326 }
9327
9328 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
9329
9330 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
9331 notify observers. */
9332 if (!internal)
9333 mention (b);
9334 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9335
9336 update_global_location_list (1);
9337 }
9338
9339 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9340 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9341
9342 static int
9343 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9344 {
9345 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9346 struct value *head = v;
9347
9348 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9349 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9350 return 0;
9351
9352 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9353 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9354 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9355 hardware watchpoint.
9356
9357 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9358 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9359 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9360 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9361 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9362 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9363 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9364 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9365 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9366
9367 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9368 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9369 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9370 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9371 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9372 {
9373 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9374 {
9375 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9376 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9377 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9378 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9379 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9380 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9381 ;
9382 else
9383 {
9384 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9385 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9386 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9387
9388 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9389 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9390 middle of some value chain. */
9391 if (v == head
9392 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9393 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9394 {
9395 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9396 int len;
9397 int num_regs;
9398
9399 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9400 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9401 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9402
9403 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9404 if (!num_regs)
9405 return 0;
9406 else
9407 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9408 }
9409 }
9410 }
9411 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9412 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9413 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9414 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9415 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9416 }
9417
9418 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9419 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9420 return found_memory_cnt;
9421 }
9422
9423 void
9424 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9425 {
9426 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9427 }
9428
9429 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9430 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9431 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9432 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9433
9434 static int
9435 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9436 {
9437 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9438 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9439 {
9440 *str += arg_len;
9441 return 1;
9442 }
9443 return 0;
9444 }
9445
9446 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9447 calls watch_command_1. */
9448
9449 static void
9450 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9451 {
9452 int just_location = 0;
9453
9454 if (arg
9455 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9456 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9457 {
9458 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9459 just_location = 1;
9460 }
9461
9462 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9463 }
9464
9465 static void
9466 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9467 {
9468 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9469 }
9470
9471 void
9472 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9473 {
9474 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9475 }
9476
9477 static void
9478 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9479 {
9480 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9481 }
9482
9483 void
9484 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9485 {
9486 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9487 }
9488
9489 static void
9490 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9491 {
9492 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9493 }
9494 \f
9495
9496 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9497 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9498
9499 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9500 {
9501 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9502 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9503 int thread_num;
9504 };
9505
9506 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9507 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9508 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9509 command. */
9510 static void
9511 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9512 {
9513 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9514
9515 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9516 if (a->breakpoint2)
9517 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9518 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9519 }
9520
9521 void
9522 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9523 {
9524 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9525 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9526 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9527 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9528 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9529 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9530 int thread;
9531 struct thread_info *tp;
9532
9533 clear_proceed_status ();
9534
9535 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9536 this function. */
9537
9538 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
9539 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
9540 default_breakpoint_line, NULL);
9541 else
9542 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
9543
9544 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9545 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9546
9547 sal = sals.sals[0];
9548 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9549
9550 if (*arg)
9551 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9552
9553 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9554
9555 if (anywhere)
9556 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9557 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9558 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9559 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9560 else
9561 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9562 only at the very same frame. */
9563 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9564 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9565 bp_until);
9566
9567 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9568
9569 tp = inferior_thread ();
9570 thread = tp->num;
9571
9572 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9573 one. */
9574
9575 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9576 {
9577 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9578 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9579 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9580 sal,
9581 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9582 bp_until);
9583 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9584
9585 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9586 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9587 }
9588
9589 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9590
9591 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9592 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9593 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9594 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9595
9596 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9597 {
9598 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9599 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9600
9601 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9602 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9603 args->thread_num = thread;
9604
9605 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9606 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9607 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9608 xfree);
9609 }
9610 else
9611 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9612 }
9613
9614 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9615 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9616
9617 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9618 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9619 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9620 if clause in the arg string. */
9621
9622 static char *
9623 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9624 {
9625 char *cond_string;
9626
9627 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9628 return NULL;
9629
9630 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9631 (*arg) += 2;
9632
9633 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9634 condition string. */
9635 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9636 cond_string = *arg;
9637
9638 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9639 string. */
9640 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9641
9642 return cond_string;
9643 }
9644
9645 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9646 process start/exit, etc. */
9647
9648 typedef enum
9649 {
9650 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9651 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9652 }
9653 catch_fork_kind;
9654
9655 static void
9656 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9657 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9658 {
9659 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9660 char *cond_string = NULL;
9661 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9662 int tempflag;
9663
9664 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9665 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9666 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9667
9668 if (!arg)
9669 arg = "";
9670 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9671
9672 /* The allowed syntax is:
9673 catch [v]fork
9674 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9675
9676 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9677 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9678
9679 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9680 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9681
9682 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9683 and enable reporting of such events. */
9684 switch (fork_kind)
9685 {
9686 case catch_fork_temporary:
9687 case catch_fork_permanent:
9688 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9689 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9690 break;
9691 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9692 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9693 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9694 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9695 break;
9696 default:
9697 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9698 break;
9699 }
9700 }
9701
9702 static void
9703 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9704 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9705 {
9706 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9707 int tempflag;
9708 char *cond_string = NULL;
9709
9710 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9711
9712 if (!arg)
9713 arg = "";
9714 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9715
9716 /* The allowed syntax is:
9717 catch exec
9718 catch exec if <cond>
9719
9720 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9721 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9722
9723 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9724 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9725
9726 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
9727 and enable reporting of such events. */
9728 create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9729 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9730 }
9731
9732 static enum print_stop_action
9733 print_it_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9734 {
9735 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9736
9737 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9738
9739 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9740 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9741 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9742 b->loc->address,
9743 b->number, 1);
9744 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9745 ui_out_text (uiout,
9746 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9747 : "Catchpoint ");
9748 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9749 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9750 ui_out_text (uiout,
9751 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9752 : " (exception caught), ");
9753 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9754 {
9755 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9756 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9757 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9758 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9759 }
9760 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9761 }
9762
9763 static void
9764 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9765 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9766 {
9767 struct value_print_options opts;
9768
9769 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9770 if (opts.addressprint)
9771 {
9772 annotate_field (4);
9773 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9774 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9775 else
9776 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9777 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9778 }
9779 annotate_field (5);
9780 if (b->loc)
9781 *last_loc = b->loc;
9782 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9783 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9784 else
9785 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9786 }
9787
9788 static void
9789 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9790 {
9791 int bp_temp;
9792 int bp_throw;
9793
9794 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9795 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9796 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9797 : _("Catchpoint "));
9798 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9799 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9800 : _(" (catch)"));
9801 }
9802
9803 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9804 catch catchpoints. */
9805
9806 static void
9807 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9808 struct ui_file *fp)
9809 {
9810 int bp_temp;
9811 int bp_throw;
9812
9813 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9814 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9817 }
9818
9819 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
9820 NULL, /* insert */
9821 NULL, /* remove */
9822 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9823 NULL, /* resources_needed */
9824 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
9825 print_it_exception_catchpoint,
9826 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
9827 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
9828 print_mention_exception_catchpoint,
9829 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9830 };
9831
9832 static int
9833 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9834 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9835 {
9836 char *trigger_func_name;
9837
9838 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9839 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9840 else
9841 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9842
9843 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9844 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9845 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9846 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9847 0,
9848 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9849 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9850 1 /* enabled */,
9851 0 /* internal */);
9852
9853 return 1;
9854 }
9855
9856 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9857
9858 static void
9859 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9860 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9861 {
9862 char *cond_string = NULL;
9863
9864 if (!arg)
9865 arg = "";
9866 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9867
9868 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9869
9870 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9871 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9872
9873 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
9874 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9875 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9876
9877 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
9878 return;
9879
9880 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9881 }
9882
9883 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9884
9885 static void
9886 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9887 {
9888 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9889
9890 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9891 }
9892
9893 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9894
9895 static void
9896 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9897 {
9898 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9899
9900 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9901 }
9902
9903 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
9904
9905 static void
9906 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9907 struct symtab_and_line sal,
9908 char *addr_string,
9909 char *exp_string,
9910 char *cond_string,
9911 struct expression *cond,
9912 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9913 int tempflag,
9914 int from_tty)
9915 {
9916 struct breakpoint *b;
9917
9918 if (from_tty)
9919 {
9920 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9921 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9922 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9923
9924 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9925 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
9926 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9927 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9928 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9929 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9930 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9931 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9932 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9933 enough for now, though. */
9934 }
9935
9936 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint);
9937 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9938
9939 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9940 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9941 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9942 b->ignore_count = 0;
9943 b->loc->cond = cond;
9944 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9945 b->language = language_ada;
9946 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9947 b->exp_string = exp_string;
9948 b->thread = -1;
9949 b->ops = ops;
9950
9951 mention (b);
9952 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9953 update_global_location_list (1);
9954 }
9955
9956 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
9957
9958 static void
9959 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
9960 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9961 {
9962 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9963 int tempflag;
9964 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9965 char *addr_string = NULL;
9966 char *exp_string = NULL;
9967 char *cond_string = NULL;
9968 struct expression *cond = NULL;
9969 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
9970
9971 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9972
9973 if (!arg)
9974 arg = "";
9975 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
9976 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
9977 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, exp_string,
9978 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
9979 from_tty);
9980 }
9981
9982 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
9983 static void
9984 clean_up_filters (void *arg)
9985 {
9986 VEC(int) *iter = *(VEC(int) **) arg;
9987 VEC_free (int, iter);
9988 }
9989
9990 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9991 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9992 static VEC(int) *
9993 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
9994 {
9995 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
9996 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (clean_up_filters, &result);
9997
9998 while (*arg != '\0')
9999 {
10000 int i, syscall_number;
10001 char *endptr;
10002 char cur_name[128];
10003 struct syscall s;
10004
10005 /* Skip whitespace. */
10006 while (isspace (*arg))
10007 arg++;
10008
10009 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10010 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10011 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10012 arg += i;
10013
10014 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10015 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10016 if (*endptr == '\0')
10017 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10018 else
10019 {
10020 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10021 to a number. */
10022 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10023
10024 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10025 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10026 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10027 syscall number to be caught. */
10028 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10029 }
10030
10031 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10032 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10033 }
10034
10035 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10036 return result;
10037 }
10038
10039 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10040
10041 static void
10042 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10043 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10044 {
10045 int tempflag;
10046 VEC(int) *filter;
10047 struct syscall s;
10048 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10049
10050 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10051 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10052 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10053 this architecture yet."));
10054
10055 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10056
10057 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10058
10059 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10060 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10061 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10062 for his/her architecture. */
10063 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10064
10065 /* The allowed syntax is:
10066 catch syscall
10067 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10068
10069 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10070
10071 if (arg != NULL)
10072 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10073 else
10074 filter = NULL;
10075
10076 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10077 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10078 }
10079
10080 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
10081
10082 static void
10083 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
10084 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10085 {
10086 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10087 int tempflag;
10088 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10089 char *addr_string = NULL;
10090 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
10091
10092 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10093
10094 if (!arg)
10095 arg = "";
10096 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
10097 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL,
10098 ops, tempflag, from_tty);
10099 }
10100
10101 static void
10102 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10103 {
10104 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10105 }
10106 \f
10107
10108 static void
10109 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10110 {
10111 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10112 }
10113
10114 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10115
10116 static void
10117 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10118 {
10119 struct breakpoint *b;
10120 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10121 int ix;
10122 int default_match;
10123 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10124 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10125 int i;
10126
10127 if (arg)
10128 {
10129 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
10130 default_match = 0;
10131 }
10132 else
10133 {
10134 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10135 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10136 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10137 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10138 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
10139 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
10140 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
10141 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
10142 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10143 error (_("No source file specified."));
10144
10145 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10146 sals.nelts = 1;
10147
10148 default_match = 1;
10149 }
10150
10151 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10152 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10153 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10154 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10155
10156 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10157 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10158 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10159 due to optimization, all in one block.
10160
10161 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10162 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10163 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10164 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10165 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10166 to support that. */
10167
10168 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10169 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10170 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10171 breakpoint. */
10172
10173 found = NULL;
10174 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10175 {
10176 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10177 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10178 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10179 or at default pc.
10180
10181 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10182
10183 0 1 pc
10184 1 1 pc _and_ line
10185 0 0 line
10186 1 0 <can't happen> */
10187
10188 sal = sals.sals[i];
10189
10190 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10191 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10192 {
10193 int match = 0;
10194 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10195 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10196 {
10197 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10198 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10199 {
10200 int pc_match = sal.pc
10201 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10202 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10203 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10204 || loc->section == sal.section);
10205 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
10206 && b->source_file != NULL
10207 && sal.symtab != NULL
10208 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10209 && filename_cmp (b->source_file,
10210 sal.symtab->filename) == 0
10211 && b->line_number == sal.line);
10212 if (pc_match || line_match)
10213 {
10214 match = 1;
10215 break;
10216 }
10217 }
10218 }
10219
10220 if (match)
10221 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10222 }
10223 }
10224 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10225 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10226 {
10227 if (arg)
10228 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10229 else
10230 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10231 }
10232
10233 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10234 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10235 if (from_tty)
10236 {
10237 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10238 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10239 else
10240 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10241 }
10242 breakpoints_changed ();
10243
10244 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10245 {
10246 if (from_tty)
10247 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10248 delete_breakpoint (b);
10249 }
10250 if (from_tty)
10251 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10252 }
10253 \f
10254 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10255 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10256 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10257
10258 void
10259 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10260 {
10261 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10262
10263 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10264 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10265 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10266 && bs->stop)
10267 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10268
10269 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10270 {
10271 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10272 delete_breakpoint (b);
10273 }
10274 }
10275
10276 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10277 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10278 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10279 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10280 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10281 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
10282
10283 static int
10284 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10285 {
10286 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10287 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10288 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10289 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10290 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10291
10292 if (a->address != b->address)
10293 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10294
10295 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10296 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10297 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10298
10299 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10300 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10301
10302 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10303 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10304 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10305
10306 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10307 }
10308
10309 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10310 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10311 content of the bp_location array. */
10312
10313 static void
10314 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10315 {
10316 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10317
10318 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10319 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10320
10321 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10322 {
10323 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10324
10325 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10326 continue;
10327
10328 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10329 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10330
10331 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10332 addr = bl->address - start;
10333 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10334 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10335
10336 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10337
10338 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10339 addr = end - bl->address;
10340 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10341 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10342 }
10343 }
10344
10345 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10346 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10347 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10348 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10349 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10350 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10351 returns true on them.
10352
10353 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10354 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10355 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10356 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10357 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10358 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10359
10360 static void
10361 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10362 {
10363 struct breakpoint *b;
10364 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10365 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10366
10367 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10368 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10369 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10370 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10371 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10372 once. */
10373 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10374 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10375 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10376 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10377
10378 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10379 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10380 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10381 unsigned old_location_count;
10382
10383 old_location = bp_location;
10384 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10385 bp_location = NULL;
10386 bp_location_count = 0;
10387 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10388
10389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10390 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10391 bp_location_count++;
10392
10393 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10394 locp = bp_location;
10395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10396 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10397 *locp++ = loc;
10398 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10399 bp_location_compare);
10400
10401 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10402
10403 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10404 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10405 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10406 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10407 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10408 location.
10409
10410 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10411 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10412
10413 locp = bp_location;
10414 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10415 old_locp++)
10416 {
10417 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10418 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10419
10420 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
10421 not, we have to free it. */
10422 int found_object = 0;
10423 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10424 int keep_in_target = 0;
10425 int removed = 0;
10426
10427 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10428 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10429 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10430 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10431 locp++;
10432
10433 for (loc2p = locp;
10434 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10435 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10436 loc2p++)
10437 {
10438 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10439 {
10440 found_object = 1;
10441 break;
10442 }
10443 }
10444
10445 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10446 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10447 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10448 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10449 at certain location is not inserted. */
10450
10451 if (old_loc->inserted)
10452 {
10453 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10454 it. */
10455
10456 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10457 {
10458 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10459 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10460 keep_in_target = 1;
10461 }
10462 else
10463 {
10464 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10465 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10466 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10467 this one from the target. */
10468
10469 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10470 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10471 {
10472 for (loc2p = locp;
10473 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10474 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10475 loc2p++)
10476 {
10477 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10478
10479 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10480 {
10481 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
10482 Duplicates check below will fix up this
10483 later. */
10484 loc2->duplicate = 0;
10485
10486 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10487 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10488 supported, but the latter are. */
10489 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10490 {
10491 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10492 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10493 }
10494
10495 if (loc2 != old_loc && should_be_inserted (loc2))
10496 {
10497 loc2->inserted = 1;
10498 loc2->target_info = old_loc->target_info;
10499 keep_in_target = 1;
10500 break;
10501 }
10502 }
10503 }
10504 }
10505 }
10506
10507 if (!keep_in_target)
10508 {
10509 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10510 {
10511 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10512 this location on the global list, and try to
10513 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10514 reason why we will succeed next time.
10515
10516 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10517 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10518 only after calling us. */
10519 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10520 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10521 old_loc->owner->number);
10522 }
10523 removed = 1;
10524 }
10525 }
10526
10527 if (!found_object)
10528 {
10529 if (removed && non_stop
10530 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10531 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10532 {
10533 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10534 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10535 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10536 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10537 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10538 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10539 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10540 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10541 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10542 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10543 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10544 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10545 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10546 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10547 SIGTRAP.
10548
10549 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10550 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10551
10552 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10553 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10554 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10555 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10556 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10557 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10558 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10559 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10560 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10561 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10562 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10563 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10564 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10565 thread_count.
10566
10567 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10568 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10569 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10570 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10571
10572 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10573 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10574 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10575 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10576 traps we can no longer explain. */
10577
10578 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10579 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10580
10581 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10582 }
10583 else
10584 {
10585 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10586 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10587 }
10588 }
10589 }
10590
10591 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10592 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10593 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10594 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10595 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10596 are sorted first for the same address.
10597
10598 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10599 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10600
10601 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10602 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10603 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10604 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10605 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10606 {
10607 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10608 non-NULL. */
10609 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
10610 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10611
10612 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled
10613 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
10614 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled
10615 || !loc->enabled
10616 || loc->shlib_disabled
10617 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10618 || is_tracepoint (b))
10619 continue;
10620
10621 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10622 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10623 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10624 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10625 "actually inserted"));
10626
10627 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10628 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10629 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10630 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10631 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10632 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10633 else
10634 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10635
10636 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10637 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10638 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10639 {
10640 *loc_first_p = loc;
10641 loc->duplicate = 0;
10642 continue;
10643 }
10644
10645 loc->duplicate = 1;
10646
10647 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10648 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10649 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10650 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10651 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10652 }
10653
10654 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10655 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10656 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10657 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10658
10659 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10660 }
10661
10662 void
10663 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10664 {
10665 struct bp_location *loc;
10666 int ix;
10667
10668 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10669 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10670 {
10671 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10672 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10673 --ix;
10674 }
10675 }
10676
10677 static void
10678 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10679 {
10680 struct gdb_exception e;
10681
10682 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10683 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10684 }
10685
10686 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10687
10688 static void
10689 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10690 {
10691 bpstat bs;
10692
10693 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10694 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10695 {
10696 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10697 bs->old_val = NULL;
10698 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10699 }
10700 }
10701
10702 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10703 static int
10704 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10705 {
10706 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10707
10708 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10709 return 0;
10710 }
10711
10712 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10713 structures. */
10714
10715 void
10716 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
10717 {
10718 struct breakpoint *b;
10719
10720 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
10721
10722 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10723 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10724 especial culprits.
10725
10726 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10727 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10728 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10729 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10730 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10731 deleted.
10732
10733 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10734 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10735 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10736 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10737 was chosen. */
10738 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
10739 return;
10740
10741 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10742 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10743 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
10744 {
10745 struct breakpoint *related;
10746
10747 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10748 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt->related_breakpoint);
10749 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10750 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt);
10751
10752 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
10753 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
10754 related = related->related_breakpoint);
10755 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
10756 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
10757 }
10758
10759 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
10760 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
10761 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
10762 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
10763 if (bpt->number)
10764 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
10765
10766 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
10767 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
10768
10769 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10770 if (b->next == bpt)
10771 {
10772 b->next = bpt->next;
10773 break;
10774 }
10775
10776 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt->commands);
10777 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
10778 xfree (bpt->cond_exp);
10779 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
10780 xfree (bpt->addr_string_range_end);
10781 xfree (bpt->exp);
10782 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
10783 xfree (bpt->exp_string_reparse);
10784 value_free (bpt->val);
10785 xfree (bpt->source_file);
10786 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
10787 clean_up_filters (&bpt->syscalls_to_be_caught);
10788
10789
10790 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10791 been freed. */
10792 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10793 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10794 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10795 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10796 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10797 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10798 commands won't work. */
10799
10800 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
10801
10802 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10803 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10804 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10805 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10806 might be better design to have location completely
10807 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10808 update_global_location_list (0);
10809
10810
10811 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10812 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10813 bpt->type = bp_none;
10814
10815 xfree (bpt);
10816 }
10817
10818 static void
10819 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
10820 {
10821 delete_breakpoint (b);
10822 }
10823
10824 struct cleanup *
10825 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10826 {
10827 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
10828 }
10829
10830 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
10831 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
10832
10833 static void
10834 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
10835 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
10836 void *),
10837 void *data)
10838 {
10839 struct breakpoint *related;
10840
10841 related = b;
10842 do
10843 {
10844 struct breakpoint *next;
10845
10846 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
10847 next = related->related_breakpoint;
10848
10849 if (next == related)
10850 {
10851 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
10852 function (related, data);
10853
10854 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
10855 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
10856 out. */
10857 break;
10858 }
10859 else
10860 function (related, data);
10861
10862 related = next;
10863 }
10864 while (related != b);
10865 }
10866
10867 static void
10868 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10869 {
10870 delete_breakpoint (b);
10871 }
10872
10873 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10874 delete_breakpoint. */
10875
10876 static void
10877 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10878 {
10879 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
10880 }
10881
10882 void
10883 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10884 {
10885 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10886
10887 dont_repeat ();
10888
10889 if (arg == 0)
10890 {
10891 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
10892
10893 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
10894 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
10895 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10896 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10897 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
10898 {
10899 breaks_to_delete = 1;
10900 break;
10901 }
10902
10903 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10904 if (!from_tty
10905 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
10906 {
10907 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10908 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
10909 delete_breakpoint (b);
10910 }
10911 }
10912 else
10913 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
10914 }
10915
10916 static int
10917 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
10918 {
10919 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10920 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
10921 return 0;
10922 return 1;
10923 }
10924
10925 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
10926 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
10927 Null names are ignored. */
10928
10929 static int
10930 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
10931 {
10932 struct bp_location *l;
10933 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
10934 (int (*) (const void *,
10935 const void *)) streq,
10936 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
10937
10938 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
10939 {
10940 const char **slot;
10941 const char *name = l->function_name;
10942
10943 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
10944 if (name == NULL)
10945 continue;
10946
10947 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
10948 INSERT);
10949 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
10950 returns NULL. */
10951 if (*slot != NULL)
10952 {
10953 htab_delete (htab);
10954 return 1;
10955 }
10956 *slot = name;
10957 }
10958
10959 htab_delete (htab);
10960 return 0;
10961 }
10962
10963 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
10964 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
10965 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
10966 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
10967 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
10968 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
10969 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
10970 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
10971 The heuristic is:
10972
10973 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
10974 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
10975 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
10976 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
10977 in the sources, and output a warning.
10978
10979 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
10980 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
10981 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
10982 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
10983 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
10984 warning.
10985
10986 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
10987 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
10988 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
10989 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
10990 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
10991 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
10992 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
10993 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
10994 precisely because it confuses tools). */
10995
10996 static struct symtab_and_line
10997 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
10998 {
10999 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11000 CORE_ADDR pc;
11001 int i;
11002
11003 pc = sal.pc;
11004 if (sal.line)
11005 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11006
11007 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11008 {
11009 if (strcmp (b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11010 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11011 b->number,
11012 b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11013
11014 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11015 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11016 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11017
11018 return sal;
11019 }
11020
11021 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11022 by string ID. */
11023 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11024 && sal.line != 0
11025 && sal.symtab != NULL
11026 && b->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11027 {
11028 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11029
11030 markers
11031 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11032
11033 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11034 {
11035 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11036 struct symbol *sym;
11037 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
11038
11039 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11040
11041 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11042 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id);
11043
11044 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11045 "found at previous line number"),
11046 b->number, b->static_trace_marker_id);
11047
11048 init_sal (&sal);
11049
11050 sal.pc = marker->address;
11051
11052 sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
11053 sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL);
11054 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11055 if (sym)
11056 {
11057 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11058 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11059 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11060 }
11061 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename);
11062 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11063
11064 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11065 {
11066 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
11067
11068 if (fullname)
11069 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11070 }
11071
11072 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line);
11073 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11074
11075 b->line_number = sal.line;
11076
11077 xfree (b->source_file);
11078 if (sym)
11079 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
11080 else
11081 b->source_file = NULL;
11082
11083 xfree (b->addr_string);
11084 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11085 sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number);
11086
11087 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11088 so. */
11089
11090 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
11091 }
11092 }
11093 return sal;
11094 }
11095
11096 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11097 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11098
11099 static int
11100 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11101 {
11102 while (a && b)
11103 {
11104 if (a->address != b->address)
11105 return 0;
11106
11107 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11108 return 0;
11109
11110 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11111 return 0;
11112
11113 a = a->next;
11114 b = b->next;
11115 }
11116
11117 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11118 return 0;
11119
11120 return 1;
11121 }
11122
11123 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11124 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11125 a ranged breakpoint. */
11126
11127 void
11128 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11129 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11130 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11131 {
11132 int i;
11133 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11134
11135 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11136 gdb_assert (sals_end.nelts == 0 || (sals.nelts == 1 && sals_end.nelts == 1));
11137
11138 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11139 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11140 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11141 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11142 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11143 individual locations. */
11144 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11145 return;
11146
11147 b->loc = NULL;
11148
11149 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11150 {
11151 struct bp_location *new_loc =
11152 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11153
11154 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11155 old symtab. */
11156 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11157 {
11158 char *s;
11159 struct gdb_exception e;
11160
11161 s = b->cond_string;
11162 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11163 {
11164 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11165 0);
11166 }
11167 if (e.reason < 0)
11168 {
11169 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11170 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11171 b->number, e.message);
11172 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11173 }
11174 }
11175
11176 if (b->source_file != NULL)
11177 xfree (b->source_file);
11178 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
11179 b->source_file = NULL;
11180 else
11181 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
11182
11183 if (b->line_number == 0)
11184 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
11185
11186 if (sals_end.nelts)
11187 {
11188 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11189
11190 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11191 }
11192 }
11193
11194 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11195 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11196 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11197
11198 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11199 breakpoints. */
11200 {
11201 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11202 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11203 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11204 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11205 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11206 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11207 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11208
11209 for (; e; e = e->next)
11210 {
11211 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11212 {
11213 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11214 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11215 {
11216 for (; l; l = l->next)
11217 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11218 {
11219 l->enabled = 0;
11220 break;
11221 }
11222 }
11223 else
11224 {
11225 for (; l; l = l->next)
11226 if (l->function_name
11227 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11228 {
11229 l->enabled = 0;
11230 break;
11231 }
11232 }
11233 }
11234 }
11235 }
11236
11237 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
11238 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11239
11240 update_global_location_list (1);
11241 }
11242
11243 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11244 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11245
11246 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11247 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
11248 {
11249 char *s;
11250 int marker_spec;
11251 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
11252 struct gdb_exception e;
11253
11254 s = addr_string;
11255 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
11256
11257 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11258 {
11259 if (marker_spec)
11260 {
11261 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
11262 if (sals.nelts > b->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11263 {
11264 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[b->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11265 sals.nelts = 1;
11266 }
11267 else
11268 error (_("marker %s not found"), b->static_trace_marker_id);
11269 }
11270 else
11271 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
11272 }
11273 if (e.reason < 0)
11274 {
11275 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
11276 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11277 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11278 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11279 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11280 state, then user already saw the message about that
11281 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11282 errors. */
11283 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11284 && (b->condition_not_parsed
11285 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11286 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
11287 not_found_and_ok = 1;
11288
11289 if (!not_found_and_ok)
11290 {
11291 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11292 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11293 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11294 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11295 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11296 which approach is better. */
11297 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11298 throw_exception (e);
11299 }
11300 }
11301
11302 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
11303 {
11304 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
11305
11306 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
11307 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
11308 {
11309 char *cond_string = 0;
11310 int thread = -1;
11311 int task = 0;
11312
11313 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
11314 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
11315 if (cond_string)
11316 b->cond_string = cond_string;
11317 b->thread = thread;
11318 b->task = task;
11319 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
11320 }
11321
11322 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
11323 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
11324
11325 *found = 1;
11326 }
11327 else
11328 *found = 0;
11329
11330 return sals;
11331 }
11332
11333 /* Reevaluate a hardware or software breakpoint and recreate its locations.
11334 This is necessary after symbols are read (e.g., an executable or DSO
11335 was loaded, or the inferior just started). */
11336
11337 static void
11338 re_set_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11339 {
11340 int found;
11341 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
11342 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
11343 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
11344 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11345
11346 input_radix = b->input_radix;
11347 save_current_space_and_thread ();
11348 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
11349 set_language (b->language);
11350
11351 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
11352 if (found)
11353 {
11354 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11355 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
11356 }
11357
11358 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
11359 {
11360 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
11361 if (found)
11362 {
11363 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
11364 expanded_end = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end.sals[0]);
11365 }
11366 }
11367
11368 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
11369 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11370 }
11371
11372 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11373 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11374 Unused in this case. */
11375
11376 static int
11377 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
11378 {
11379 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11380 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
11381
11382 switch (b->type)
11383 {
11384 case bp_none:
11385 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11386 b->number);
11387 return 0;
11388 case bp_breakpoint:
11389 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11390 case bp_tracepoint:
11391 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11392 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11393 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11394 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11395 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
11396 return 0;
11397
11398 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
11399 {
11400 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11401 delete_breakpoint (b);
11402 return 0;
11403 }
11404
11405 re_set_breakpoint (b);
11406 break;
11407
11408 case bp_watchpoint:
11409 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11410 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11411 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11412 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
11413 variables, or it can be on local variables.
11414
11415 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
11416 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
11417 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
11418 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
11419
11420 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
11421 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
11422 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
11423 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
11424 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
11425 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
11426 the user.
11427
11428 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
11429 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
11430 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
11431 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
11432
11433 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
11434 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
11435
11436 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
11437 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
11438 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
11439 break;
11440 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
11441 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
11442 loaded. */
11443 case bp_catchpoint:
11444 break;
11445
11446 default:
11447 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
11448 /* fall through */
11449 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
11450 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11451 case bp_overlay_event:
11452 case bp_longjmp_master:
11453 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11454 case bp_exception_master:
11455 delete_breakpoint (b);
11456 break;
11457
11458 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11459 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11460 case bp_shlib_event:
11461
11462 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
11463 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11464 case bp_thread_event:
11465
11466 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
11467 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
11468 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
11469 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
11470 rerun the executable. */
11471 case bp_until:
11472 case bp_finish:
11473 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
11474 case bp_call_dummy:
11475 case bp_std_terminate:
11476 case bp_step_resume:
11477 case bp_hp_step_resume:
11478 case bp_longjmp:
11479 case bp_longjmp_resume:
11480 case bp_exception:
11481 case bp_exception_resume:
11482 case bp_jit_event:
11483 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
11484 break;
11485 }
11486
11487 return 0;
11488 }
11489
11490 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11491 void
11492 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11493 {
11494 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11495 enum language save_language;
11496 int save_input_radix;
11497 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11498
11499 save_language = current_language->la_language;
11500 save_input_radix = input_radix;
11501 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
11502
11503 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11504 {
11505 /* Format possible error msg. */
11506 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11507 b->number);
11508 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
11509 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
11510 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11511 }
11512 set_language (save_language);
11513 input_radix = save_input_radix;
11514
11515 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11516
11517 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11518
11519 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11520 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11521 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11522 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11523 }
11524 \f
11525 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11526
11527 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11528 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11529 void
11530 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
11531 {
11532 if (b->thread != -1)
11533 {
11534 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
11535 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
11536
11537 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11538 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11539 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11540 as well. */
11541 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
11542 }
11543 }
11544
11545 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11546 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11547 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11548
11549 void
11550 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
11551 {
11552 struct breakpoint *b;
11553
11554 if (count < 0)
11555 count = 0;
11556
11557 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11558 if (b->number == bptnum)
11559 {
11560 if (is_tracepoint (b))
11561 {
11562 if (from_tty && count != 0)
11563 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11564 bptnum);
11565 return;
11566 }
11567
11568 b->ignore_count = count;
11569 if (from_tty)
11570 {
11571 if (count == 0)
11572 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11573 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11574 bptnum);
11575 else if (count == 1)
11576 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11577 bptnum);
11578 else
11579 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11580 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11581 count, bptnum);
11582 }
11583 breakpoints_changed ();
11584 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11585 return;
11586 }
11587
11588 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
11589 }
11590
11591 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11592
11593 static void
11594 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11595 {
11596 char *p = args;
11597 int num;
11598
11599 if (p == 0)
11600 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11601
11602 num = get_number (&p);
11603 if (num == 0)
11604 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
11605 if (*p == 0)
11606 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11607
11608 set_ignore_count (num,
11609 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
11610 from_tty);
11611 if (from_tty)
11612 printf_filtered ("\n");
11613 }
11614 \f
11615 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11616 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11617
11618 static void
11619 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11620 void *),
11621 void *data)
11622 {
11623 int num;
11624 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
11625 int match;
11626 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
11627
11628 if (args == 0)
11629 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
11630
11631 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
11632
11633 while (!state.finished)
11634 {
11635 char *p = state.string;
11636
11637 match = 0;
11638
11639 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
11640 if (num == 0)
11641 {
11642 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
11643 }
11644 else
11645 {
11646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
11647 if (b->number == num)
11648 {
11649 match = 1;
11650 function (b, data);
11651 break;
11652 }
11653 if (match == 0)
11654 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
11655 }
11656 }
11657 }
11658
11659 static struct bp_location *
11660 find_location_by_number (char *number)
11661 {
11662 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
11663 char *p1;
11664 int bp_num;
11665 int loc_num;
11666 struct breakpoint *b;
11667 struct bp_location *loc;
11668
11669 *dot = '\0';
11670
11671 p1 = number;
11672 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
11673 if (bp_num == 0)
11674 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
11675
11676 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11677 if (b->number == bp_num)
11678 {
11679 break;
11680 }
11681
11682 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
11683 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
11684
11685 p1 = dot+1;
11686 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
11687 if (loc_num == 0)
11688 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
11689
11690 --loc_num;
11691 loc = b->loc;
11692 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
11693 ;
11694 if (!loc)
11695 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
11696
11697 return loc;
11698 }
11699
11700
11701 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11702 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11703 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11704
11705 void
11706 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11707 {
11708 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
11709 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
11710 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
11711 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11712 return;
11713
11714 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
11715 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11716 return;
11717
11718 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11719
11720 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11721 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
11722 {
11723 struct bp_location *location;
11724
11725 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
11726 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
11727 }
11728
11729 update_global_location_list (0);
11730
11731 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
11732 }
11733
11734 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
11735
11736 static void
11737 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11738 {
11739 disable_breakpoint (b);
11740 }
11741
11742 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11743 disable_breakpoint. */
11744
11745 static void
11746 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11747 {
11748 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
11749 }
11750
11751 static void
11752 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11753 {
11754 if (args == 0)
11755 {
11756 struct breakpoint *bpt;
11757
11758 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
11759 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
11760 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
11761 }
11762 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
11763 {
11764 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
11765 if (loc)
11766 {
11767 loc->enabled = 0;
11768 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11769 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
11770 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
11771 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
11772 }
11773 update_global_location_list (0);
11774 }
11775 else
11776 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
11777 }
11778
11779 static void
11780 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
11781 {
11782 int target_resources_ok;
11783
11784 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11785 {
11786 int i;
11787 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
11788 target_resources_ok =
11789 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
11790 i + 1, 0);
11791 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
11792 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
11793 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
11794 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
11795 }
11796
11797 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
11798 {
11799 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
11800 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
11801 struct gdb_exception e;
11802
11803 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11804 {
11805 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
11806 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11807 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
11808 }
11809 if (e.reason < 0)
11810 {
11811 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
11812 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11813 bpt->number);
11814 return;
11815 }
11816 }
11817
11818 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11819 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11820
11821 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11822 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
11823 {
11824 struct bp_location *location;
11825
11826 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
11827 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
11828 }
11829
11830 bpt->disposition = disposition;
11831 update_global_location_list (1);
11832 breakpoints_changed ();
11833
11834 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
11835 }
11836
11837
11838 void
11839 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11840 {
11841 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
11842 }
11843
11844 static void
11845 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
11846 {
11847 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
11848 }
11849
11850 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11851 enable_breakpoint. */
11852
11853 static void
11854 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11855 {
11856 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
11857 }
11858
11859 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11860 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11861 in stopping the inferior. */
11862
11863 static void
11864 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11865 {
11866 if (args == 0)
11867 {
11868 struct breakpoint *bpt;
11869
11870 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
11871 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
11872 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
11873 }
11874 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
11875 {
11876 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
11877 if (loc)
11878 {
11879 loc->enabled = 1;
11880 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11881 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
11882 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
11883 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
11884 }
11885 update_global_location_list (1);
11886 }
11887 else
11888 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
11889 }
11890
11891 static void
11892 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
11893 {
11894 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
11895
11896 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
11897 }
11898
11899 static void
11900 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
11901 {
11902 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
11903
11904 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
11905 }
11906
11907 static void
11908 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11909 {
11910 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
11911 }
11912
11913 static void
11914 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
11915 {
11916 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
11917
11918 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
11919 }
11920
11921 static void
11922 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11923 {
11924 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11925 }
11926 \f
11927 static void
11928 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
11929 {
11930 }
11931
11932 static void
11933 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
11934 {
11935 }
11936
11937 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
11938 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
11939 GDB itself. */
11940
11941 static void
11942 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
11943 const bfd_byte *data)
11944 {
11945 struct breakpoint *bp;
11946
11947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
11948 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
11949 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
11950 && bp->val_valid && bp->val)
11951 {
11952 struct bp_location *loc;
11953
11954 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
11955 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
11956 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
11957 && addr + len > loc->address)
11958 {
11959 value_free (bp->val);
11960 bp->val = NULL;
11961 bp->val_valid = 0;
11962 }
11963 }
11964 }
11965
11966 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
11967
11968 struct symtabs_and_lines
11969 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
11970 {
11971 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11972
11973 if (string == 0)
11974 error (_("Empty line specification."));
11975 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
11976 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
11977 default_breakpoint_symtab,
11978 default_breakpoint_line,
11979 NULL);
11980 else
11981 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
11982 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
11983 if (*string)
11984 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
11985 return sals;
11986 }
11987
11988 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
11989 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
11990 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
11991 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
11992 someday. */
11993
11994 void *
11995 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11996 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
11997 {
11998 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
11999
12000 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12001
12002 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12003 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12004
12005 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12006 {
12007 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12008 xfree (bp_tgt);
12009 return NULL;
12010 }
12011
12012 return bp_tgt;
12013 }
12014
12015 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12016 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12017
12018 int
12019 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12020 {
12021 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12022 int ret;
12023
12024 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12025 xfree (bp_tgt);
12026
12027 return ret;
12028 }
12029
12030 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12031 stepping. */
12032
12033 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12034 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12035
12036 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12037
12038 void
12039 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12040 struct address_space *aspace,
12041 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12042 {
12043 void **bpt_p;
12044
12045 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12046 {
12047 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12048 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12049 }
12050 else
12051 {
12052 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12053 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12054 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12055 }
12056
12057 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12058 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12059 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12060 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12061 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12062 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12063
12064 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12065 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12066 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12067 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12068 }
12069
12070 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12071 were inserted or not. */
12072
12073 int
12074 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12075 {
12076 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12077 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12078 }
12079
12080 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12081
12082 void
12083 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12084 {
12085 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12086
12087 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12088 call. */
12089 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12090 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12091 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12092 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12093
12094 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12095 {
12096 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12097 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12098 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12099 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12100 }
12101 }
12102
12103 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12104 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12105 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12106 exec. */
12107
12108 void
12109 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12110 {
12111 int i;
12112
12113 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12114 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12115 {
12116 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12117 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12118 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12119 }
12120 }
12121
12122 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12123 removing them. */
12124
12125 static void
12126 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12127 {
12128 int i;
12129
12130 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12131 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12132 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12133 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12134 }
12135
12136 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12137 PC. */
12138
12139 static int
12140 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12141 CORE_ADDR pc)
12142 {
12143 int i;
12144
12145 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12146 {
12147 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12148 if (bp_tgt
12149 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12150 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12151 aspace, pc))
12152 return 1;
12153 }
12154
12155 return 0;
12156 }
12157
12158 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12159 non-zero otherwise. */
12160 static int
12161 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12162 {
12163 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12164 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12165 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12166 return 1;
12167 else
12168 return 0;
12169 }
12170
12171 int
12172 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12173 {
12174 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12175
12176 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12177 }
12178
12179 int
12180 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12181 {
12182 struct breakpoint *bp;
12183
12184 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12185 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12186 {
12187 if (bp->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12188 {
12189 int i, iter;
12190 for (i = 0;
12191 VEC_iterate (int, bp->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12192 i++)
12193 if (syscall_number == iter)
12194 return 1;
12195 }
12196 else
12197 return 1;
12198 }
12199
12200 return 0;
12201 }
12202
12203 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12204 static char **
12205 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12206 char *text, char *word)
12207 {
12208 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12209 char **retlist
12210 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12211
12212 xfree (list);
12213 return retlist;
12214 }
12215
12216 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12217
12218 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12219 static void
12220 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12221 {
12222 tracepoint_count = num;
12223 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12224 }
12225
12226 void
12227 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12228 {
12229 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12230 arg,
12231 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12232 0 /* tempflag */,
12233 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12234 0 /* Ignore count */,
12235 pending_break_support,
12236 NULL,
12237 from_tty,
12238 1 /* enabled */,
12239 0 /* internal */))
12240 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12241 }
12242
12243 void
12244 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12245 {
12246 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12247 arg,
12248 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12249 0 /* tempflag */,
12250 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12251 0 /* Ignore count */,
12252 pending_break_support,
12253 NULL,
12254 from_tty,
12255 1 /* enabled */,
12256 0 /* internal */))
12257 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12258 }
12259
12260 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12261
12262 void
12263 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12264 {
12265 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12266 arg,
12267 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12268 0 /* tempflag */,
12269 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12270 0 /* Ignore count */,
12271 pending_break_support,
12272 NULL,
12273 from_tty,
12274 1 /* enabled */,
12275 0 /* internal */))
12276 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12277 }
12278
12279 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12280 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12281
12282 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
12283 static int next_cmd;
12284
12285 static char *
12286 read_uploaded_action (void)
12287 {
12288 char *rslt;
12289
12290 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
12291
12292 next_cmd++;
12293
12294 return rslt;
12295 }
12296
12297 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12298 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12299 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12300 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12301 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12302
12303 struct breakpoint *
12304 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
12305 {
12306 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
12307 struct breakpoint *tp;
12308
12309 if (utp->at_string)
12310 addr_str = utp->at_string;
12311 else
12312 {
12313 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12314 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12315 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12316 user. */
12317 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12318 "source location, using raw address"),
12319 utp->number);
12320 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
12321 addr_str = small_buf;
12322 }
12323
12324 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12325 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
12326 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12327 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12328 utp->number);
12329
12330 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12331 addr_str,
12332 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12333 0 /* tempflag */,
12334 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
12335 0 /* Ignore count */,
12336 pending_break_support,
12337 NULL,
12338 0 /* from_tty */,
12339 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
12340 0 /* internal */))
12341 return NULL;
12342
12343 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12344
12345 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12346 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
12347 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
12348
12349 if (utp->pass > 0)
12350 {
12351 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->number);
12352
12353 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
12354 }
12355
12356 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12357 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12358 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12359 function. */
12360 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
12361 {
12362 struct command_line *cmd_list;
12363
12364 this_utp = utp;
12365 next_cmd = 0;
12366
12367 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
12368
12369 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, cmd_list);
12370 }
12371 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
12372 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
12373 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12374 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12375 utp->number);
12376
12377 return tp;
12378 }
12379
12380 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12381 omitted. */
12382
12383 static void
12384 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
12385 {
12386 int num_printed;
12387
12388 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
12389
12390 if (num_printed == 0)
12391 {
12392 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
12393 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12394 else
12395 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
12396 }
12397
12398 default_collect_info ();
12399 }
12400
12401 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12402 Not supported by all targets. */
12403 static void
12404 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12405 {
12406 enable_command (args, from_tty);
12407 }
12408
12409 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12410 Not supported by all targets. */
12411 static void
12412 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12413 {
12414 disable_command (args, from_tty);
12415 }
12416
12417 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12418 static void
12419 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12420 {
12421 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12422
12423 dont_repeat ();
12424
12425 if (arg == 0)
12426 {
12427 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12428
12429 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12430 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12431 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12432 argument. */
12433 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12434 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12435 {
12436 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12437 break;
12438 }
12439
12440 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12441 if (!from_tty
12442 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12443 {
12444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12445 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12446 delete_breakpoint (b);
12447 }
12448 }
12449 else
12450 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12451 }
12452
12453 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12454
12455 static void
12456 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint *bp, int count, int from_tty)
12457 {
12458 bp->pass_count = count;
12459 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp->number);
12460 if (from_tty)
12461 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12462 bp->number, count);
12463 }
12464
12465 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12466
12467 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12468 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12469 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12470
12471 static void
12472 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12473 {
12474 struct breakpoint *t1;
12475 unsigned int count;
12476
12477 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
12478 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12479 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12480
12481 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12482
12483 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
12484 args++;
12485
12486 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
12487 {
12488 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12489 if (*args)
12490 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12491
12492 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1)
12493 {
12494 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12495 }
12496 }
12497 else if (*args == '\0')
12498 {
12499 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
12500 if (t1)
12501 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12502 }
12503 else
12504 {
12505 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12506
12507 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12508 while (!state.finished)
12509 {
12510 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
12511 if (t1)
12512 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12513 }
12514 }
12515 }
12516
12517 struct breakpoint *
12518 get_tracepoint (int num)
12519 {
12520 struct breakpoint *t;
12521
12522 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12523 if (t->number == num)
12524 return t;
12525
12526 return NULL;
12527 }
12528
12529 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12530 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12531 reconnecting). */
12532
12533 struct breakpoint *
12534 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
12535 {
12536 struct breakpoint *t;
12537
12538 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12539 if (t->number_on_target == num)
12540 return t;
12541
12542 return NULL;
12543 }
12544
12545 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12546 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12547 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12548 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12549 struct breakpoint *
12550 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
12551 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
12552 int optional_p)
12553 {
12554 extern int tracepoint_count;
12555 struct breakpoint *t;
12556 int tpnum;
12557 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
12558
12559 if (state)
12560 {
12561 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
12562 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
12563 }
12564 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
12565 {
12566 if (optional_p)
12567 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
12568 else
12569 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12570 }
12571 else
12572 tpnum = get_number (arg);
12573
12574 if (tpnum <= 0)
12575 {
12576 if (instring && *instring)
12577 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12578 instring);
12579 else
12580 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12581 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12582 return NULL;
12583 }
12584
12585 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12586 if (t->number == tpnum)
12587 {
12588 return t;
12589 }
12590
12591 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
12592 return NULL;
12593 }
12594
12595 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12596 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12597 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12598 non-zero. */
12599
12600 static void
12601 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
12602 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
12603 {
12604 struct breakpoint *tp;
12605 int any = 0;
12606 char *pathname;
12607 struct cleanup *cleanup;
12608 struct ui_file *fp;
12609 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
12610
12611 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
12612 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
12613
12614 /* See if we have anything to save. */
12615 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
12616 {
12617 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12618 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
12619 continue;
12620
12621 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12622 if (filter && !filter (tp))
12623 continue;
12624
12625 any = 1;
12626
12627 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
12628 {
12629 extra_trace_bits = 1;
12630
12631 /* We can stop searching. */
12632 break;
12633 }
12634 }
12635
12636 if (!any)
12637 {
12638 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
12639 return;
12640 }
12641
12642 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
12643 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
12644 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
12645 if (!fp)
12646 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
12647 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
12648 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
12649
12650 if (extra_trace_bits)
12651 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
12652
12653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
12654 {
12655 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12656 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
12657 continue;
12658
12659 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12660 if (filter && !filter (tp))
12661 continue;
12662
12663 if (tp->ops != NULL && tp->ops->print_recreate != NULL)
12664 (tp->ops->print_recreate) (tp, fp);
12665 else
12666 {
12667 if (tp->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12668 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12669 if (tp->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12670 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12671 else if (tp->type == bp_tracepoint)
12672 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12673 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12674 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12675 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12676 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12677 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12678 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12680 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12681 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12682 else if (tp->type == bp_watchpoint)
12683 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
12684 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12685 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
12686 else if (tp->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12687 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
12688 else if (tp->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12689 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
12690 else
12691 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12692 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12693
12694 if (tp->exp_string)
12695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->exp_string);
12696 else if (tp->addr_string)
12697 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12698 else
12699 {
12700 char tmp[40];
12701
12702 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
12703 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " *0x%s", tmp);
12704 }
12705 }
12706
12707 if (tp->thread != -1)
12708 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", tp->thread);
12709
12710 if (tp->task != 0)
12711 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", tp->task);
12712
12713 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
12714
12715 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
12716 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
12717 instead. */
12718
12719 if (tp->cond_string)
12720 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
12721
12722 if (tp->ignore_count)
12723 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
12724
12725 if (tp->pass_count)
12726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12727
12728 if (tp->commands)
12729 {
12730 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
12731
12732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
12733
12734 ui_out_redirect (uiout, fp);
12735 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12736 {
12737 print_command_lines (uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
12738 }
12739 ui_out_redirect (uiout, NULL);
12740
12741 if (ex.reason < 0)
12742 throw_exception (ex);
12743
12744 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
12745 }
12746
12747 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
12748 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
12749
12750 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
12751 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
12752 special, and not user visible. */
12753 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
12754 {
12755 struct bp_location *loc;
12756 int n = 1;
12757
12758 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
12759 if (!loc->enabled)
12760 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
12761 }
12762 }
12763
12764 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
12765 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
12766
12767 do_cleanups (cleanup);
12768 if (from_tty)
12769 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
12770 }
12771
12772 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
12773
12774 static void
12775 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12776 {
12777 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
12778 }
12779
12780 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
12781
12782 static void
12783 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12784 {
12785 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
12786 }
12787
12788 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
12789
12790 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
12791 all_tracepoints (void)
12792 {
12793 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
12794 struct breakpoint *tp;
12795
12796 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
12797 {
12798 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
12799 }
12800
12801 return tp_vec;
12802 }
12803
12804 \f
12805 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
12806 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
12807 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
12808 command. */
12809 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
12810 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
12811 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12812 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
12813 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
12814 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
12815 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
12816 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
12817 \n\
12818 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
12819 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12820 \n\
12821 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12822 conditions are different.\n\
12823 \n\
12824 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12825
12826 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12827 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
12828
12829 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12830 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
12831
12832 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12833 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12834 static void
12835 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
12836 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
12837 struct cmd_list_element *command),
12838 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12839 char *text, char *word),
12840 void *user_data_catch,
12841 void *user_data_tcatch)
12842 {
12843 struct cmd_list_element *command;
12844
12845 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12846 &catch_cmdlist);
12847 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12848 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
12849 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12850
12851 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12852 &tcatch_cmdlist);
12853 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12854 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
12855 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12856 }
12857
12858 static void
12859 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
12860 {
12861 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
12862 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
12863 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
12864 }
12865
12866 static void
12867 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12868 {
12869 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
12870 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
12871 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
12872 }
12873
12874 struct breakpoint *
12875 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
12876 void *data)
12877 {
12878 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12879
12880 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12881 {
12882 if ((*callback) (b, data))
12883 return b;
12884 }
12885
12886 return NULL;
12887 }
12888
12889 void
12890 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
12891 {
12892 struct cmd_list_element *c;
12893
12894 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
12895 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
12896 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
12897
12898 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
12899
12900 breakpoint_chain = 0;
12901 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
12902 before a breakpoint is set. */
12903 breakpoint_count = 0;
12904
12905 tracepoint_count = 0;
12906
12907 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
12908 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
12909 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
12910 if (xdb_commands)
12911 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
12912
12913 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
12914 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
12915 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
12916 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
12917 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
12918 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
12919 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
12920 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
12921
12922 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
12923 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
12924 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
12925 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
12926
12927 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
12928 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
12929 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12930 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
12931 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
12932 \n"
12933 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
12934 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12935
12936 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
12937 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12938 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
12939 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
12940 \n"
12941 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
12942 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12943
12944 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
12945 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12946 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12947 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
12948 \n"
12949 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
12950 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12951
12952 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
12953 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12954 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12955 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12956 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12957 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
12958 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
12959 if (xdb_commands)
12960 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
12961 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12962 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12963 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12964 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12965 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
12966
12967 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
12968
12969 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
12970 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12971 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12972 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12973 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
12974 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
12975
12976 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
12977 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12978 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12979 &enablebreaklist);
12980
12981 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
12982 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12983 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12984 &enablebreaklist);
12985
12986 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
12987 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12988 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12989 &enablelist);
12990
12991 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
12992 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12993 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12994 &enablelist);
12995
12996 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
12997 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12998 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12999 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13000 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13001 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13002 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13003 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13004 if (xdb_commands)
13005 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13006 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13007 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13008 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13009 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13010
13011 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13012 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13013 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13014 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13015 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13016 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13017 &disablelist);
13018
13019 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13020 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13021 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13022 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13023 \n\
13024 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13025 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13026 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13027 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13028 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13029 if (xdb_commands)
13030 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13031 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13032 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13033 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13034
13035 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13036 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13037 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13038 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13039 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13040 &deletelist);
13041
13042 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13043 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13044 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13045 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13046 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13047 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13048 \n\
13049 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13050 is executing in.\n\
13051 \n\
13052 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13053 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13054
13055 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13056 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13057 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13058 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13059
13060 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13061 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13062 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13063 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13064
13065 if (xdb_commands)
13066 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13067
13068 if (dbx_commands)
13069 {
13070 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13071 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13072 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13073 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13074 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13075 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13076 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13077 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13078 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13079 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13080 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13081 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13082 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13083 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13084 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13085 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13086 \n\
13087 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13088 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13089 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13090 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13091 breakpoint set."));
13092 }
13093
13094 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
13095 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13096 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13097 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13098 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13099 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13100 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13101 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13102 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13103 \n\
13104 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13105 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13106 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13107 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13108 breakpoint set."));
13109
13110 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13111
13112 if (xdb_commands)
13113 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
13114 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13115 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13116 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13117 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13118 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13119 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13120 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13121 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13122 \n\
13123 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13124 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13125 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13126 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13127 breakpoint set."));
13128
13129 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
13130 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13131 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13132 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13133 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13134 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13135 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13136 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13137 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13138 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13139 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13140 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13141 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13142 \n\
13143 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13144 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13145 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13146 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13147 breakpoint set."),
13148 &maintenanceinfolist);
13149
13150 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
13151 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13152 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
13153 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13154
13155 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
13156 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13157 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
13158 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13159
13160 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13161 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13162 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13163 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13164 catch_catch_command,
13165 NULL,
13166 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13167 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13168 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13169 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13170 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13171 catch_throw_command,
13172 NULL,
13173 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13174 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13175 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13176 catch_fork_command_1,
13177 NULL,
13178 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
13179 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
13180 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13181 catch_fork_command_1,
13182 NULL,
13183 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
13184 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
13185 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13186 catch_exec_command_1,
13187 NULL,
13188 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13189 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13190 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13191 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13192 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13193 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13194 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13195 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13196 catch_syscall_command_1,
13197 catch_syscall_completer,
13198 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13199 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13200 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
13201 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
13202 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13203 catch_ada_exception_command,
13204 NULL,
13205 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13206 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13207 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
13208 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
13209 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13210 catch_assert_command,
13211 NULL,
13212 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13213 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13214
13215 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
13216 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13217 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13218 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13219 an expression changes.\n\
13220 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13221 the memory to which it refers."));
13222 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13223
13224 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
13225 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13226 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13227 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13228 an expression is read.\n\
13229 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13230 the memory to which it refers."));
13231 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13232
13233 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
13234 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13235 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13236 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13237 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13238 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13239 the memory to which it refers."));
13240 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13241
13242 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
13243 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13244
13245 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13246 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13247 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
13248 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
13249 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13250 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13251 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13252 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13253 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13254 hardware.)"),
13255 NULL,
13256 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
13257 &setlist, &showlist);
13258
13259 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
13260
13261 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13262
13263 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
13264 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13265 \n"
13266 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13267 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13268 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13269
13270 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
13271 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13272 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13273 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13274
13275 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
13276 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13277 \n"
13278 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13279 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13280 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13281
13282 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
13283 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13284 \n\
13285 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13286 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13287 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13288 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13289 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13290 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13291 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13292 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13293 the selected stack frame.\n\
13294 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13295 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13296 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13297 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13298 \n\
13299 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13300 \n\
13301 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13302 conditions are different.\n\
13303 \n\
13304 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13305 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13306 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13307
13308 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
13309 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13310 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13311 last tracepoint set."));
13312
13313 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13314
13315 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
13316 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13317 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13318 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13319 &deletelist);
13320
13321 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
13322 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13323 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13324 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13325 &disablelist);
13326 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
13327
13328 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
13329 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13330 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13331 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13332 &enablelist);
13333 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
13334
13335 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
13336 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13337 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13338 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13339 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13340
13341 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
13342 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13343 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
13344 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13345
13346 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
13347 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13348 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13349 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13350 session to restore them."),
13351 &save_cmdlist);
13352 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13353
13354 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
13355 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13356 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13357 &save_cmdlist);
13358 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13359
13360 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
13361 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
13362
13363 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13364 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13365 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13366 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13367 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
13368 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
13369 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13370 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13371 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13372 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13373 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
13374 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
13375
13376 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
13377 &pending_break_support, _("\
13378 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13379 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13380 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13381 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13382 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13383 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13384 NULL,
13385 show_pending_break_support,
13386 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13387 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13388
13389 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
13390
13391 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
13392 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
13393 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13394 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13395 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13396 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13397 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13398 NULL,
13399 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
13400 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13401 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13402
13403 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
13404 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
13405 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13406 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13407 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13408 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13409 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13410 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13411 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13412 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13413 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13414 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13415 NULL,
13416 &show_always_inserted_mode,
13417 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13418 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13419
13420 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
13421 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13422 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13423 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13424 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13425 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13426 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13427 or the start of the range\n\
13428 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13429 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13430 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13431 \n\
13432 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13433 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13434 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13435
13436 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
13437
13438 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
13439 }
This page took 0.314088 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.